Harris 994 9202 002, 994 9203 002, 994 9204 002, 994 9205 002 Technical Manual

Page 1
TECHNICAL MANUAL
GATES ONE - 994 9202 002
GATES TWO - 994 9203 002
GATES FIVE (1-PHASE) - 994 9204 002
GATES Series™
AM TRANSMITTERS
GATES FIVE (3-PHASE) - 994 9205 002
T.M. No. 888-2314-001
© Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999,
2000, 2001, 2002
Printed: 1990
Rev. AF: 06-21-02
Page 2
Returns And Exchanges
Damaged or undamaged equipment should not be returned unless written approval and a Return Authorization is received from HARRIS CORPORATION, Broadcast Systems Divi­sion. Special shipping instructions and coding will be provided to assure proper handling. Complete details regarding circumstances and reasons for return are to be included in the request for return. Custom equipment or special order equipment is not returnable. In those instances where return or exchange of equipment is at the request of the customer, or convenience of the customer, a res tocking fee will be charged. All returns will be sent freight prepaid and properly insured by the customer. When communicating with HARRIS CORPORATION, Broadcast Systems Div ision, specify the HARRIS Order Number or In­voice Number.
Unpacking
Carefully unpack the equipment and preform a visual inspection to determine that no appar­ent damage was incurred during shipment. Retain the shipping materials until it has been determined that all received equipment is not damaged. Locate and retain all PACKING CHECK LISTs. Use the PACKING CHECK LIST to help locate and identify any components or assemblies which are removed for shipping and must be reinstalled. Also remove any shipping supports, straps, and packing materials prior to initial turn on.
Technical Assistance
HARRIS Technical and Troubleshooting assistance is available from HARRIS Field Service during normal business hours (8:00 AM - 5:00 PM Central Time). Emergency service is available 24 hours a day. Telephone 217/222-8200 to contact the Field Service Department or address correspondence to Field Service Department, HARRIS CORPORATION, Broad­cast Systems Division, P.O. Box 4290, Quincy, Illinois 62305-4290, USA. Technical Support by e-mail: tsupport@harris.com. The HARRIS factory may also be contacted through a FAX facility (217/221-7096).
Replaceable Parts Service
Replacement parts are available 24 hours a day, seven days a week from the HARRIS Service Parts Department. Telephone 217/222-8200 to contact the service parts department or address correspondence to Service Parts Department, HARRIS CORPORATION, Broad­cast Systems Division, P.O. Box 4290, Quincy, Illinois 62305-4290, USA. The HARRIS fac­tory may also be contacted through a FAX facility (217/221-7096).
NOTE
The # symbol used in the parts list means used with (e.g. #C001 = used with C001).
Page 3
MANUAL REVISION HISTORY
GATES Series™ AM Transmitters
888-2314-xxx
Rev. A April 1990 None Replaced the following pages: Title Page, v, vii, 2-1 thru 2-6, 3-3, 3-4, 4-3, 4-4, 5-1 thru 5-6, J-3, & J-4
B Aug. 1990 None Replaced the following pages: Title Page, v, 3-5, 3-6, 4-1 thru 4-4, A-1, B-1, B-2, C-2, E-3, F-1 thru F-3,
C Aug. 1990 35969 Replaced the following pages: Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, C-4, & C-5 D Aug. 1990 Field
E Sept. 1990 36322 Replace the following pages: Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, & all of Section VI F Oct. 1990 36415 Replace the following pages: Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, & all of Section A G Jan. 1991 Errata
H June 1991 FS
I July 1991 36962 Replace the following pages: Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, and K-3 J Aug. 1991 36963 Replace the following pages: Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, 6-9 to 6-12, & J-9 TO J-11 K Jan. 1992 37611 &
L June 1992 37442 Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2 and pages 6-14 to 6-17 M Jan. 1994 38809 Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, page K-3, and all of section VI N Feb. 1994 38895 Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, and pages F-4 & F-5 P July 1994 39302 Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, and all of section VI R Dec. 1994 39223 Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, and pages F-4 & F-5 S July 1995 39125 Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, and all of section VI T Jan. 1996 41051R Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, Table of Contents, 1-2 to 1-4, all of sections 2, 4, & 5 U Jan. 1996 41051R Replaced Tit le Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, and pages 6-15 to 6-19 V Mar. 1996 TBD Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, and page 2-9 X Dec. 1996 41575 Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, iv thru vi, and all of Section C Y May 1998 42198 Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, and page 2-4 Y1 10-02-98 42359 Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, page G-6 and all of Section VI Z 12-22-98 38895A Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, and all of Section F Z1 2-15-99 42544 Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, and pages C-4 & C-5. Z2 2-25-99 42636 Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, and all of Section VI AA 08-18-99 45024 Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, and all of Section H AB 12-10-99 45544 Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2 and pages 2-4 and 2-5 AC 02-20-00 45748 Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2 and all of Section II AD 10-04-01 47730 Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2 and page 3-6 AD1 01-15-02 47924 Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, and all of Section VI AE 03-05-02 48100 Replace Title Page, MRH1/MRH2, all parts lists and chapter B. AF 06-21-02 48426 Replace Title Page, MRH1/MRH2, and page C-3
Date ECN
Service Request
FS Request
Request
Misc
Pages Affected
Added MRH-1/MRH-2
G-1 thru G-4, J-1, J-2, J-3, J-4, J-9 thru J-11, & K-3
Replace the following pages: Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, & 2-5
Replace the following pages: Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, & all of Section VI
Replace the following pages: Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, 2-6, G-2, & J-3
Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2 and all part lists in manual
888-2314-001 MRH-1/MRH-2
Page 4
Page 5
Guide to Using Harris Parts List Information
The Harris Replaceable Parts List Index portrays a tree structure with the major items being leftmost in the index. The example below shows the Transmitter as the highest item in the tree structure. If you were to look at the bill of materials table for the Transmitter you would find the Control Cabinet, the PA Cabinet, and the Output Cabinet. In the Replaceable Parts List Index the Control Cabinet, PA Cabinet, and Output Cabinet show up one indentation level below the Transmitter and implies that they are used in the Transmitter. The Controller Board is indented one level below the Control Cabinet so it will show up in the bill of material for the Control Cabinet. The tree structure of this same index is shown to the right of the table and shows indentation level versus tree structure level.
Example of Replaceable Parts List Index and equivalent tree structure:
The part number of the item is shown to the right of the description as is the page in the manual where the bill for that part number starts.
Inside the actual tables, four main headings are used:
Table #-#. ITEM NAME - HARRIS PART NUMBER -this line gives the information that corresponds to the Replace­able Parts List Index entry;
HARRIS P/N column gives the ten digit Harris part number (usually in ascending order); DESCRIPTION column gives a 25 character or less description of the part number; REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS column 1) gives the reference designators for the item (i.e., C001, R102, etc.) that
corresponds to the number found in the schematics (C001 in a bill of material is equivalent to C1 on the schematic) or
2) gives added information or further explanation (i.e., “Used for 208V operation only,” or “Used for HT 10LS only,” etc.).
Inside the individual tables some standard conventions are used:
A # symbol in front of a component such as #C001 under the REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS column means that this item is used on or with C001 and is not the actual part number for C001.
In the ten digit part numbers, if the last three numbers are 000, the item is a part that Harris has purchased and has not manufactured or modified. If the last three numbers are other than 000, the item is either manufactured by Harris or is purchased from a vendor and modified for use in the Harris product.
The first three digits of the ten digit part number tell which family the part number belongs to - for example, all electrolytic (can) capacitors will be in the same family have a 9xx xxxx xxx part number (a number outside of the normal family of numbers), it has probably been modified in some manner at the Harris factory and will therefore show up farther down into the individual parts list (because each table is normally sorted in ascending order). Most Harris made or modified assemblies will have 9xx xxxx xxx numbers associated with them.
The term “SEE HIGHER LEVEL BILL” in the description column implies that the reference designated part number will show up in a bill that is higher in the tree structure. This is often the case for components that may be frequency determinant or voltage determinant and are called out in a higher level bill structure that is more customer dependent than the bill at a lower level.
(524 xxxx 000). If an electrolytic (can) capacitor is found to
Rev. X 888-2314-001 iii
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 6
iv 888-2314-001 Rev. X
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 7
WARNING
THE CURRENTS AND VOLTAGES IN THIS EQUIPMENT ARE DANGEROUS. PERSONNEL MUST AT ALL TIMES OBSERVE SAFETY WARNINGS, INSTRUCTIONS AND REGULATIONS.
This manual is intended as a general guide for trained and qualified personnel who are aware of the dangers inherent in handling potentially hazardous electrical/electronic circuits. It is not intended to contain a complete statement of all safety precautions which should be observed by personnel in using this or other electronic equipment.
The installation, operation, maintenance and service of this equipment involves risks both to personnel and equipment, and must be performed only by qualified personnel exercising due care. HARRIS CORPORATION shall not be responsible for injury or damage resulting from improper procedures or from the use of improperly trained or inexperienced personnel performing such tasks.
During installation and operation of this equipment, local building codes and fire protection standards must be observed. The following National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) standards are recommended as reference:
- Automatic Fire Detectors, No. 72E
- Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Portable Fire Extinguishers, No. 10
- Halogenated Fire Extinguishing Agent Systems, No. 12A
WARNING
ALWAYS DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE OPENING COVERS, DOORS, ENCLOSURES, GATES, PANELS OR SHIELDS. ALWAYS USE GROUNDING STICKS AND SHORT OUT HIGH VOLTAGE POINTS BEFORE SERVICING. NEVER MAKE INTERNAL ADJUSTMENTS, PERFORM MAINTE­NANCE OR SERVICE WHEN ALONE OR WHEN FATIGUED.
Do not remove, short-circuit or tamper with interlock switches on access covers, doors, enclosures, gates, panels or shields. Keep away from live circuits, know your equipment and don’t take chances.
WARNING
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY ENSURE THAT POWER HAS BEEN DISCONNECTED.
WARNING
IF OIL FILLED OR ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS ARE UTILIZED IN YOUR EQUIPMENT, AND IF A LEAK OR BULGE IS APPARENT ON THE CAPACITOR CASE WHEN THE UNIT IS OPENED FOR SERVICE OR MAINTENANCE, ALLOW THE UNIT TO COOL DOWN BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO REMOVE THE DEFECTIVE CAPACITOR. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE A DEFECTIVE CAPACI­TOR WHILE IT IS HOT DUE TO THE POSSIBILITY OF A CASE RUPTURE AND SUBSEQUENT INJURY.
Rev. X 888-2314-001 v
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 8
vi 888-2314-001 Rev. X
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 9
FIRST-AID
Personnel engaged in the installation, operation, maintenance or servicing of this equipment are urged to become familiar with first-aid theory and practices. The following information is not intended to be complete first-aid procedures, it is a brief and is only to be used as a reference. It is the duty of all personnel using the equipment to be prepared to give adequate Emergency First Aid and thereby prevent avoidable loss of life.
Treatment of Electrical Burns
1. Extensive burned and broken skin a. Cover area with clean sheet or cloth. (Cleanest available cloth article.)
b. Do not break blisters, remove tissue, remove adhered particles of clothing, or apply any salve or ointment.
c. Treat victim for shock as required.
d. Arrange transportation to a hospital as quickly as possible.
e. If arms or legs are affected keep them elevated.
NOTE
If medical help will not be available within an hour and the victim is conscious and not vomiting, give him a weak solution of salt and soda: 1 level teaspoonful of salt and 1/2 level teaspoonful of baking soda to each quart of water (neither hot or cold). Allow victim to sip slowly about 4 ounces (a half of glass) over a period of 15 minutes. Discontinue fluid if vomiting occurs. (Do not give alcohol.)
REFERENCE:
2. Less severe burns - (1st & 2nd degree) a. Apply cool (not ice cold) compresses using the cleanest available cloth article.
b. Do not break blisters, remove tissue, remove adhered particles of clothing, or apply salve or ointment.
c. Apply clean dry dressing if necessary.
d. Treat victim for shock as required.
e. Arrange transportation to a hospital as quickly as possible.
f. If arms or legs are affected keep them elevated.
ILLINOIS HEART ASSOCIATION
AMERICAN RED CROSS STANDARD FIRST AID AND PERSONAL SAFETY MANUAL (SEC­OND EDITION)
Rev. X 888-2314-001 vii
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION
Introduction......................................1-1
ScopeAndPurpose..............................1-1
Specifications....................................1-1
SECTION II
INSTALLATION/OPERATION
Introduction......................................2-1
Unpacking.......................................2-1
ReturnsandExchanges.............................2-1
GeneralInstallationInformation .....................2-1
Power Distribution for Optimum Transmitter Perform-
ance .........................................2-1
OverheatingfromLineUnbalance..............2-1
TransmitterNoisePerformance ................2-1
TheCausesofLineUnbalance.................2-1
ThreePhaseDeltaDistributionTransformers..... 2-2
ThreePhaseWyeDistributionTransformers...... 2-2
General Installation
Requirements ...................................2-2
EquipmentPlacement............................2-2
Pre-InstallationInspection ........................2-2
EquipmentPositioning...........................2-3
Ground Strap Installation ......................... 2-3
ElectricalInstallation ..............................2-3
PowerRequirements.............................2-3
Procedure. .................................2-3
RFOutputConnection........................... 2-4
BatteryInstallation.............................. 2-4
Audio Input .................................... 2-4
RemoteControl.................................2-4
AirflowSensorStatus............................ 2-5
FailsafeConnection..............................2-5
Modulation Monitor Sample ......................2-5
InitialTurnOnProcedure...........................2-5
InitialTurnOn .................................2-5
Modulation Monitor Carrier Level.................. 2-6
ApplicationofAudio ............................2-7
RemoteMeterCalibration ........................2-7
SECTION III
MAINTENANCE
Introduction......................................3-1
StationRecords...................................3-1
Maintenance Logbook ........................... 3-1
PreventiveMaintenance............................3-1
Maintenance Of Components ...................... 3-1
AirSystem.....................................3-2
GATES Series™ Top Removal
Procedure ....................................3-2
LowVoltageSupplyAdjustment...................3-2
High Voltage Supply Adjustment ..................3-4
RFDriveMeasurement........................... 3-4
IPATuning.................................... 3-5
PAVoltageElectricalZero ....................... 3-5
PAVoltMeterCalibration........................3-5
PACurrentCalibration........................... 3-5
Power Supply Current Calibration .................. 3-5
viii 888-2314-001 Rev. X
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
PowerOutputCalibration........................ 3-5
OverloadAdjustmentProcedures.................. 3-6
Power Supply Current Overload ............... 3-6
UnderdriveFault............................ 3-6
VSWRDetector............................ 3-6
Replacing Boards and
ReplacingBoardComponents ..................... 3-6
SECTION IV
TROUBLESHOOTING
Introduction ..................................... 4-1
Definition of
FrontPanelIndicators ............................ 4-1
Symptom: Transmitter Will Not Turn On - None of
the Green LED’s on the Power Level Switches are Il-
luminated....................................... 4-1
PossibleCauses................................ 4-1
LossofACPower .......................... 4-1
ControlSupplyFailure....................... 4-1
Symptom: Green Power Level Status LED’s Illumi-
nate, but the Primary Contactors Do Not Energize and
NoOverloadLED’sIlluminate..................... 4-1
PossibleCauses................................ 4-1
Phase Monitor (3FIVEonly)................ 4-1
Blownfuse................................ 4-1
OpenInterlock............................. 4-1
FailsafeInterlockOpen ...................... 4-1
InterfaceboardOutput....................... 4-1
OpenContactorCircuit ...................... 4-1
ContactorControlSignal..................... 4-1
Symptom: One or Both Primary Contactors Energize,
ButThereIsNoPowerOutput ..................... 4-1
HighVoltageSupplyFailure...................... 4-1
Symptom: High Voltage Is Present, But There Is No
PowerOutput ................................... 4-2
PDMKillCondition ............................ 4-2
PDMLevel.................................... 4-2
PossibleCausesForOverloads...................... 4-2
Supply Voltage Overload ........................ 4-2
Supply Voltage Too High .................... 4-2
Power Supply Current Overloads- At Turn On ....... 4-2
Supply Short ............................... 4-2
Power Supply Current Overloads, Continuous Cycling
andAutomaticCutback......................... 4-2
PDMSystemProblem....................... 4-2
PDMGeneratorOutputsHigh................. 4-2
PDMAmplifierShorts....................... 4-2
Supply Current Calibration ................... 4-2
Random Supply Current Overloads With Modulation. . 4-2
Sub-audibleSignals......................... 4-2
UnderdriveFault ............................... 4-2
Low/NoDrive.............................. 4-2
IPAandPATransistors...................... 4-2
VSWR Overload- Continuous VSWR Cycling ....... 4-2
BadLoadImpedance........................ 4-2
AntennaProblem........................... 4-3
OutputNetwork............................ 4-3
Page 11
VSWR Trips With High Levels Of Modulation and
HighPower................................... 4-3
ImproperTuningandLoading................. 4-3
Antenna .................................. 4-3
OutputNetwork............................ 4-3
Symptom:RemoteControlFunctionsDoNotWork .... 4-3
PossibleCauses................................ 4-3
Remote/LocalSwitch........................ 4-3
RemoteControlImproperlyWired............. 4-3
RemoteControlUnitNotFunctioning.......... 4-3
RibbonConnectorsLoose.................... 4-3
CausesforaPAVolts/PAAmpsRatioChange ........ 4-3
No+20VoltstoPDMAmplifier.................. 4-3
ImpedanceChange ............................. 4-3
PAFailure.................................... 4-3
Troubleshooting AM Noise......................... 4-4
50/60Hz...................................... 4-4
AudioLinesareNormallyBalanced ............... 4-4
100/120Hz.................................... 4-4
300/360Hz.................................... 4-4
60kHz....................................... 4-4
RFINoiseonAudio ............................ 4-4
SECTION V
TRANSMITTER OVERALL
Introduction..................................... 5-1
Personnel Protection .............................. 5-1
PrinciplesOfOperation............................ 5-1
FET’SintheGATESSeries™.................... 5-1
PDMTheoryInBrief ........................... 5-1
PolyphaseTheory .............................. 5-1
Audio/PDMSignalFlow......................... 5-1
PDMLoop.................................... 5-3
RFPowerFlow................................ 5-3
Failsafe....................................... 5-3
ACPowerFlow................................ 5-3
High Voltage Power Supply ...................... 5-3
Introduction ............................... 5-3
Description................................ 5-3
Low Voltage Power Supply and IPA Power Supply. . . 5-6
Introduction ............................... 5-6
Description................................ 5-6
AirflowSensor................................. 5-6
Introduction ............................... 5-6
Description................................ 5-6
Section VI
Parts List
Introduction..................................... 6-1
SECTION A
OSCILLATOR (A16)
PrinciplesOfOperation............................ A-1
Replacement/Alignment ........................... A-1
FrequencyAdjustment........................... A-1
Troubleshooting the
RFOscillator ................................... A-1
Symptom:NoOutput ........................... A-1
OpenFuse/Lossof+20V..................... A-1
RFKILL.................................. A-1
Q1,Q2,CR1................................ A-1
U1,CR4...................................A-1
U2.......................................A-1
U3.......................................A-1
SECTION B
IPA (A5)
PrinciplesofOperation.............................B-1
IPATuningNetwork............................B-1
Replacement/Alignment............................B-1
IPA Tuning and Testing
Procedure......................................B-1
IPATuning................................B-1
OhmmeterTestingtheIPA .......................B-1
HandlingMOSFET’s..............................B-1
TestingMOSFET’s ...............................B-2
SECTION C
POWER AMPLIFIER A1 through A4
PrinciplesofOperation.............................C-1
PAToroids......................................C-1
Replacing a PA Module............................C-1
TroubleshootingthePABoards......................C-1
OhmmeterTesting..............................C-1
HandlingMOSFET’s..............................C-2
TestingMOSFET’s ...............................C-2
ReplacingPATransistors.........................C-2
ScopingtheRFDrive..............................C-2
RFDrivePhasingMeasurement .....................C-2
SECTION D
OUTPUT NETWORK
PrinciplesofOperation.............................D-1
AdjustmentProcedures.............................D-1
TuningAndLoadingControls.....................D-1
OutputNetworkColdTuning .....................D-1
ThirdHarmonicTrapL7-C4 ..................D-1
Bandpass Filter L2-C2 .......................D-1
TEENetwork-LoadandTune................D-1
L2SlidingTap .............................D-1
L1Tap....................................D-2
SECTION E
OUTPUT MONITOR (A18)
PrinciplesofOperation.............................E-1
Replacement/Alignment............................E-1
Troubleshooting..................................E-1
Symptom: Detector Null Reading Is High and Cannot
BeAdjustedToZero............................E-1
BadLoadImpedance ........................E-1
SampleSignalMissing.......................E-1
SECTION F
PDM GENERATOR (A15)
PrinciplesOfOperation............................ F-1
Replacement/Alignment............................F-1
TroubleshootingPDMGenerator..................... F-1
Symptom: No Pulses At J4, Causing Zero Power Out-
putfromtheTransmitter......................... F-1
PowerSetting ..............................F-1
LossofPlusandMinus15Volts............... F-1
PDMInterrupt.............................. F-1
DC/AudioFailure........................... F-1
Rev. X 888-2314-001 ix
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 12
Symptom:ImbalanceInOutputPulseWidths ........F-2
AudioImbalance............................F-2
TriangleWaveImbalance.....................F-2
Symptom: Output(s) At J2 Always In A High State,
Causing One or More Pdm Amplifiers to Conduct
FullTime.....................................F-2
Symptom:OnlyOneOutputHigh..................F-3
Symptom:TwoOutputsAreHigh..................F-3
Symptom:AllFourOutputsAreHigh ..............F-3
SECTION G
PDM AMPLIFIER/PULL-UP (A6-A9)
PrinciplesofOperation............................ G-1
PDMAmplifier................................ G-1
PDMPull-UpBoard............................ G-1
Maintenance .................................... G-1
PDMAmplifiers............................... G-1
GateDriveChecks............................. G-1
In-Circuit Ohmmetering the PDM Amp Module (A6
thruA9)MOSFET’s........................... G-2
CheckingGateDrive........................ G-4
HandlingMOSFET’s............................. G-4
TestingMOSFET’s............................... G-4
SECTION H
PDM FILTER (A10 and A11)
PrinciplesofOperation............................ H-1
SECTION J
CONTROLLER BOARD (A12)
PrinciplesofOperation............................. J-1
CoarsePowerLevelControl ...................... J-1
ContactorControl............................... J-1
FinePowerControl.............................. J-1
Metering ...................................... J-1
OverloadCircuitry .............................. J-1
OtherFaultDetection............................ J-2
ControllerSupplyVoltages........................J-2
Replacement/AlignmentProcedures...................J-2
PAVoltageElectricalZero........................J-2
PAVoltMeterCalibration ........................J-2
Power Supply Current Calibration ..................J-2
PowerOutputCalibration.........................J-3
OverloadAdjustmentProcedures.....................J-3
Power Supply Current Overload ....................J-3
UnderdriveFault ................................J-3
VSWRDetector.................................J-3
Troubleshooting the Controller .......................J-3
Symptom: Will Not Respond To An On Command ....J-3
Controller Supply Failure ......................J-3
Failedflipflopcircuitry.......................J-3
Symptom: PDM Power Level Signal Cannot Be Con-
trolled ........................................J-3
Symptom:MultimeterIsPinnedFarLeftorRight .....J-3
Symptom: Some Remote Control Functions Do Not
Work.........................................J-3
SECTION K
INTERFACE BOARD (A24)
PrinciplesofOperation............................ K-1
Replacement/Alignment............................ K-1
Troubleshooting .................................. K-1
Symptom: Green Power Level Status LED’s Light On
Controller,ButTheContactorsDoNotEnergize.....K-1
OpenInterlock............................. K-1
24VACMissing............................ K-1
ONCommandMissing ...................... K-1
BadTriacorOpticalIsolator..................K-1
APPENDIX L
TEST EQUIPMENT
Introduction ..................................... L-1
x 888-2314-001 Rev. X
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 13
SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1. Introduction
1.1.1. Scope And Purpose
This technical manual contains the infor­mation necessary to install and maintainthe GATES SeriesAM Transmitters. The various sections of this technical manual provide the following types of information.
Section I, General Information, pro­vides introduction to technical man­ual contents. Section II, Installation/operation, pro­vides detailed installation and opera­tion procedures. Section III, Maintenance, provides preventive and corrective mainte­nance as well as tuning procedures (alignment procedures).
Section IV, Troubleshooting, pro­vides a listing of the protection de­vices in the transmitter as well as troubleshooting procedures. Section V, Transmitter Overall, pro­vides theory of operation of the vari­ous sections of the transmitter not covered in later sections. Section VI, Parts List, provides parts list for the transmitter.
The following sections provideprinciples of operation, maintenance information, troubleshooting,and parts lists forboardsin GATES Seriestransmitter:
Section A, Oscillator Section B, IPA Section C, Power Amplifier Section D, Output Network
Section E, Output Monitor Section F, PDM Generator Section G, PDM Amplifier/Pull-Up Section H, PDM Filter Section J, Controller Section K, Interface Board Appendix L, Test Equipment, pro­vides a list of the test equipment pro­vided and recommended to perform maintenance on the transmitter.
1.2. Specifications
Table 1-1, 1-2, and 1-3 list the specifica-
tions of the GATES Seriestransmitters.
NOTE
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Rev. T: Jan. 1996 888-2314-001 1-1
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 14
Table 1-1. GATES ONE Specifications
POWER OUTPUT: 1000 watts (Rated). Six power levels adjustable between 100-1100 watts. Capable
of lower power PSA/PSSA operation. RF FREQUENCY RANGE: 531 kHz through 1705 kHz. Supplied to one frequency as ordered. CARRIER FREQUENCY STABILITY: Crystal control oscillator meets FCC specifications. +/-4 Hz in typical operating
environment. RF OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms unbalanced. RF OUTPUT TUNING: Integral network will match a VSWR of 1.5:1 to 1.0:1 at carrier. RF OUTPUT TERMINAL: Type N female connector. CARRIER SHIFT: Less than 1% at 100% modulation at 1000 Hz. RF HARMONICS AND SPURIOUS EMISSIONS: Exceeds FCC and CCIR specifications. OTHER EMISSIONS: Meets FCC NRSC 2 when presented with audio signal conforming to NRSC 1
standard. TYPE OF MODULATOR: Patented Polyphase PDM. AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: +/-0.5 dB, from 20 to 10,000 Hz (with Bessel filter out). AUDIO HARMONIC DISTORTION: Less than 1.0% at 1 kW, 20 to 10,000 Hz @ 95% modulation. AUDIO INTERMODULATION DISTORTION: Less than 1.0%, 60/7000 Hz 1:1. Less than 1.5%, 60/7000 Hz 4:1, SMPTE
standards at 1 kW operation at 95% modulation. SQUAREWAVE OVERSHOOT: Less than 3.5% at 400 Hz. SQUAREWAVE TILT: Less than 3% at 20 Hz, 90% modulation.
Less than 1.5% at 40 Hz, 90% modulation. NOISE (UNWEIGHTED) Better t han 60 dB below 100% modulation, 1000 Hz at 1kW. POSITIVE PEAK CAPABILITY: Greater than 130% positive peak program modulation capability at 1100 watts. INCIDENTAL QUADRATURE MODULATION
30 dB typical below 95% modulation of L+R channel at 1 kHz. (IQM):
AUDIO INPUT: Continuously adjustable from -10 to +10 dBm, transformer-less active 600 ohms
input. ACVOLTAGE INPUT: 197-251 VAC, 50/60 Hz, single phase. OVERALL EFFICIENCY: Better than 65% at 1000W. POWER CONSUMPTION: At 1000 watts carrier, 1538 watts or less at 0% modulation, 2307 watts or less at
100% sine wave modulation, 1923 watts during typical programming. MONITOR PROVISIONS: Adjustable to 5 volts nominal RMS modulated output sample at 50 ohms for six
power levels from 100 watts to 1100 watts. REMOTE CONTROL/MONITORING: Self-contained interface for most remote control systems TTL compatible. AMBIENT TEMPERATURERANGE: -10°Cto+50°C AMSL (derate upper limit 2°C per 1000 feet altitude). AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE: To 95%, non condensing. AIR FLOW: 500 CFM HEAT GENERATED: 2756 BTU per hour at 1 KW 100% tone modulation. ALTITUDE: Up to 13,000 feet (4000 meters). SIZE: 72"H X 28"W X 30"D (1830mm X 712 mm X 762 mm). WEIGHT: (Unpacked) 400 lbs. (181 kg) - approximate. Domestic packed, 600 lbs. (275 kg)
- approximate. Export packed, 700 lbs. (320 kg) - approximate. CUBAGE: 68.7 cubic feet (2 cubic meters) packed. NOTE: ALL SPECIFICATIONS TAKEN WITH TRANSMITTER CONNECTED TO TEST LOAD. SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT
TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
1-2 888-2314-001 Rev. T: Jan. 1996
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 15
Table 1-2. GATES TWO Specifications
POWER OUTPUT: 2500 watts (Rated). Six power levels adjustable between 250-2750 watts. Capable of
lower power PSA/PSSA operation. RF FREQUENCY RANGE: 531 kHz through 1705 kHz. Supplied to one frequency as ordered. CARRIER FREQUENCY STABILITY: Crystal control oscillator meets FCC specifications. +/-4 Hz in typical operating
environment. RF OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms unbalanced. RF OUTPUT TUNING: Integral network will match a VSWR of 1.5:1 to 1.0:1 at carrier. RF OUTPUT TERMINAL: 7/8" EIA male/female flange connector. CARRIER SHIFT: Less than 1% at 100% modulation at 1000 Hz. RF HARMONICS AND SPURIOUS EMIS-
Exceeds FCC and CCIR specifications. SIONS:
OTHER EMISSIONS: MeetsFCCNRSC2whenpresentedwithaudiosignalconformingtoNRSC1standard. TYPE OF MODULATOR: Patented Polyphase PDM. AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: +/-0.5 dB, from 20 to 10,000 Hz (with Bessel filter out). AUDIO HARMONIC DISTORTION: Less than 1.0% at 2500 watts, 20 to 10,000 Hz @ 95% modulation. AUDIO INTERMODULATION DISTORTION: Less than 1.0%, 60/7000 Hz 1:1. Less than 1.5%, 60/7000 Hz 4:1, SMPTE standards
at 2500 watts operation at 95% modulation. SQUAREWAVE OVERSHOOT: Less than 3.5% at 400 Hz. SQUAREWAVE TILT: Less than 3% at 20 Hz, 90% modulation.
Less than 1.5% at 40 Hz, 90% modulation. NOISE (UNWEIGHTED): Better than 60 dB below 100% modulation, 1000 Hz at 2500 watts. POSITIVE PEAK CAPABILITY: Greater than 130% positive peak program modulation capability at 2750 watts. INCIDENTAL QUADRATURE MODULA-
30 dB typical below 95% modulation of L+R channel at 1 kHz. TION (IQM):
AUDIOINPUT: Continuouslyadjustablefrom-10to+10dBm,transformer-lessactive600ohmsinput. AC VOLTAGE INPUT: 197-251 VAC, 50/60 Hz, single phase. OVERALL EFFICIENCY: Better than 65% at 2500W. POWER CONSUMPTION: At 2500 watts carrier,3846 watts or less at 0%modulation, 5769 watts or less at 100%
sine wave modulation, 4807 watts during typical programming. MONITOR PROVISIONS: Adjustable to5 volts nominal RMSmodulated output sample at50 ohms for sixpower
levels from 250 watts to 2750 watts. REMOTE CONTROL/MONITORING: Self-contained interface for most remote control systems TTL compatible. AMBIENT TEMPERATURERANGE: -10°Cto+50°C AMSL (derate upper limit 2°C per 1000 feet altitude). AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE: To 95%, non condensing. AIR FLOW: 500 CFM HEAT GENERATED: 6895 BTU per hour at 2500 watts, 100% tone modulation. ALTITUDE: Up to 13,000 feet (4000 meters). SIZE: 72"H X 28"W X 30"D (1830 mm X 712 mm X 762 mm). WEIGHT: (Unpacked) 450 lbs. (204 kg) - approximate. Domestic packed, 650 lbs. (298 kg) -
approximate. Export packed, 750 lbs. (343 kg) - approximate. CUBAGE: 68.7 cubic feet (2 cubic meters) packed. NOTE: ALL SPECIFICATIONS TAKEN WITH TRANSMITTER CONNECTED TO TEST LOAD. S PECIFICATIONS SUBJECT
TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
Rev. T: Jan. 1996 888-2314-001 1-3
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 16
Table 1-3. GATES FIVE Specifications
POWER OUTPUT: 5000 watts (Rated). Six power levels adjustable between 500-5600 watts. Capable of
lower power PSA/PSSA operation. RF FREQUENCY RANGE: 531 kHz through 1705 kHz. Supplied to one frequency as ordered. CARRIER FREQUENCY STABILITY: Crystal control oscillator meets FCC specifications. +/-4 Hz in typical operating
environment. RF OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms unbalanced. RF OUTPUT TUNING: Integral network will match a VSWR of 1.5:1 to 1.0:1 at carrier. RF OUTPUT TERMINAL: 7/8" EIA male/female flange connector. CARRIER SHIFT: Less than 1% at 100% modulation at 1000 Hz. RF HAR MONICS AND SPURIOUS EMIS-
Exceeds FCC and CCIR specifications. SIONS:
OTHER EMISSIONS: Meets FCC NRSC 2 when presented with audio signal c onforming to NRSC 1
standard. TYPE OF MODULATOR: Patented Polyphase PDM. AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: +/-0.5 dB, from 20 to 10,000 Hz (with Bessel filter out). AUDIOHARMONIC DISTORTION: Less than 0.8% at 5000 watts, typically less than 1.5% at 1 kW, 20 to 10,000 Hz @
95% modulation. AUDIO INTERMODULATION DISTORTION: Less than 1.0%, 60/7000 Hz 1:1. Less than 1.5%, 60/7000 Hz 4:1, SMPTE standards
at 5000 watts operation at 95% modulation. SQUAREWAVE OVERSHOOT: Less than 3.5% at 400 Hz. SQUAREWAVE TILT: Less than 3% at 20 Hz, 90% modulation.
Less than 1.5% at 40 Hz, 90% modulation. NOISE (UNWEIGHTED): Better than 60 dB below 100% modulation, 1000 Hz at 2500 watts to 5000 watts. POSITIVE PEAK CAPABILITY: Greater than 130% positive peak program modulation capability at 5600 watts. INCIDENTAL QUADRATURE MODULA-
30 dB typical below 95% modulation of L+R channel at 1 kHz. TION (IQM):
AUDIO INPUT: Continuouslyadjustable from -10 to+10dBm,transformer-lessactive600 ohms input. ACVOLTAGE INPUT: 197-251 VAC, 50/60 Hz, three phase or international 341 to 434 VAC. Compatible
with WYE or closed delta power sources. AC voltage variation: +5, -10% for full
performance. Single phase version accepts 197 to 251 VAC 50/60 Hz. OVERALL EFFICIENCY: Better than 65% at 5000W. POWER CONSUMPTION: At 5000 watts carrier, 7692 watts or less at 0% modulation, 11538 watts or less at
100% sine wave modulation, 9615 watts during typical programming. MONITOR PROVISIONS: Adjustableto 5 volts nominal RMS modulated output sample at50ohms for six power
levels from 500 watts to 5600 watts. REMOTE CONTROL/MONITORING: Self-contained interface for most remote control systems TTL compatible. AMBIENT TEMPERATURERANGE: -10°Cto+50°C AMSL (derate upper limit 2°C per 1000 feet altitude). AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE: To 95%, non condensing. AIR FLOW: 500 CFM, (14.16 CMM). HEAT GENERATED: 13790 BTU per hour at 5000 watts, 100% tone modulation. ALTITUDE: Up to 13,000 feet (4000 meters). SIZE: 72"H X 28"W X 30"D (1830 mm X 712 mm X 762 mm). WEIGHT: (Unpacked) 500 lbs. (230 kg) - approximate. Domestic packed, 700 lbs. (320 kg) -
approximate. Export packed, 800 lbs. (370 kg) - approximate. CUBAGE: 68.7 cubic feet (2 cubic meters) packed. NOTE: ALL SPECIFICATIONS TAKEN WITH TRANSMITTER CONNECTED TO TEST LOAD. SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT
TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
1-4 888-2314-001 Rev. T: Jan. 1996
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 17
SECTION II
INSTALLATION/OPERATION
2.1. Introduction
This section of the technical manual pro­vides detailed installation procedures and setup instructions for the GATES Series AM transmitters.
Under normal conditions, the GATES Se­riesT ransmitters are shipped completely assembled and ready for installation. How­ever ,if adverseshipping conditions are antici­pated, certain components may be removed for transport in which case these components will be properly identified with appropriate instructions for reinstalling the components and making wiring connections.
2.2. Unpacking
Carefully unpack the transmitter and per­form a visual inspection to determine that no apparent damage was incurred during ship­ment.Retain theshippingmaterialsuntil ithas been determined that the unit isnot damaged. The contents of the shipment should be as indicatedonthePackingCheckListwhich accompanies each shipment. If the contents are incomplete or if the unit is damaged elec­tricallyormechanically ,notifytheCARRIER and HARRIS CORPORATION.
2.3. Returns and Exchanges
Damaged or undamaged equipment should not be returned unless written approval and a ReturnAuthorizationisreceivedfrom HARRIS CORPORATION, Broadcast TransmissionDi­vision.Special shipping instructions and coding will be provided to assure proper handling. Complete details re garding circumstances and reasonsforreturnaretobeincludedinthe requestforreturn.Customequipmentorspecial order equipment is not returnable. In those in­stances where return or exchange of equipment isat the request of the customer ,or conv enience ofthe customer,arestockingfeewillbe charged. Allreturnswill be sent freightprepaidandprop­erly insured by the customer .When communi­cating with HARRIS CORPORATION, Broadcast Transmission Division, specify the Factory Order Number or InvoiceNumber.
2.4. General Installation Information
The GATES SeriesTransmitters have been designed for rapid installation. In ad­dition to the 28 inch width by 30 inchdepth of the equipment, a minimum of 24 inches should be allowed for maintenance access from both the front and rear of the cabinet. Signal and power wires can be connected through several different entries or any de­sired c ombination thereof.
The holes for cable entrance are 2 inches in diameter, and are located at the front and rear bottom of each side panel. These en­triesprovidea means to entertheequipment with wires that are then routed into the base of the equipment.
Input powerwiresshouldrun to the termi­nal board installed in the base of the trans­mitter. Access to this terminal board is gainedby removing the coverplate overthe face of the contactor chassis. The screws holding the chassis must then be removed and the chassis pulled forward.
The normal air flow through the transmit­ter is taken in through the back of the unit (at the bottom of the cabinet). Maximum temperature at the base of the transmitter should not be more than 50°C. The air moves from the base of the cabinet into the side panels and into themain enclosure. Air passes over the heat sink fins in the side panelsand exits through the holes inthetop ofthe cabinet. This providesefficientchim­ney action cooling of all the Power Ampli­fier and Modulator transistors.
The air that enters the main enclosure passes directly over the components dissi­pating heat and exhauststhroughtheoutput coils and out the top of the transmitter. The circuit cards and their heat sinks have been designed to provide a chimney action to the maximum extent practical.
NOTE
Note that the two blowers have separate
air intakes. One is filtered and the other
is not. The unfiltered side is dedicated to
the PA side wall. No filter is needed be-
cause most of the air passes through the
heat sink fins. A small amount of air is
channeled in the cabinet to flush the PA
Toroids. At approximately one year in-
tervals, the PA heat sink fins should be
inspected and cleaned. They may be re-
moved by removing the 10/32 mounting
screws.
2.4.1. Power Distribution for Optimum
Transmitter Performance
(This section is applicable to the three phase GATES FIVE only, as well as other three phase equipment.)
For many years HARRIS engineers have recommended that the three phase power distribution system should be either a closed delta or W YE configuration to pro­vide better radio and television transmitter performanceby helping preventlineunbal­ance. Operation with substantial voltage unbalance from line toline results in higher
than normal signal-to-noise ratio in the transmitter output signal, increased three phase transformer heating, and hot three phase motors.
2.4.1.1. Overheating from Line Unbalance
Evenadeviceassimpleasathreephase motor should be operated from a power line in which the voltage is balanced within 1%. It takes only a 3.5% line unbalance to produce a 25% increase above normal temperature. A 5%unbalancewillcausedestructivetempera­ture rises of 50% greater than normal!
Similar characteristics can be expected in the windings of a three phase power trans­former down inside the cabinet of your trans­mitter. Transformers and motors can be designedwithextrasafetyfeatureswherether­mal rise is limited to acceptable levels; how­ever ,in this case, other transmitter parameters cannot be made acceptable at a reasonable cost.
2.4.1.2. Transmitter Noise Performance
The most difficultparameter to meet with power line unbalance is transmitter noise performance. Most large transmitters use six-phase or twelve-phase high voltage power supplies. The energy storage capaci­tors are expensiveto install and largestored energiesmake destructive faults inevitable. A good design will have sufficient energy storage capacitors to meet thespecifiedsig­nal-to-noise but not much more. When the equipment is then operated from an unbal­anced line, the power supply ripple fre­quency will be twice the line frequency instead of six to twelve times. It becomes obvious that it would take three times as much energy storage to achieve the original performance goal.
2.4.1.3. The Causes of Line Unbalance
How does a line unbalance occur? It is a rare case in w hich a large commercial powerproducer would generateunbalanced voltage, so we must look elsewhere in the system. When you have large single phase power u sers on a power line this can cause uneven distribution of the line currents in the system. Uneven currents through bal­anced impedances will result in line-to-line voltage unbalance.
Another likely source of this problem can come from unbalanced impedances in the power distribution system. Unbalanced im­pedance will always be seen when an opendelta three phase distribution sys­tem is used. Transformer design textbooks
Rev. AC: 2/29/00 888-2314-001 2-1
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 18
clearly show that the voltage regulation of an unbalanced system is poor.
2.4.1.4. Three Phase Delta Distribution
Transformers
Figure 2-1 shows open and closed delta systems. The closed delta impedance look­ing into each terminal (A, B & C) is exactly thesame;butthisisnotthecaseintheopen delta configuration. Depending on the im­pedances of the transformers in the open delta circuit, line voltage unbalance suffi­cient to impair satisfactory operation of the overall transmitter may result. For this rea­son, along with their inherent susceptibility to transients, Harris does not recommend the use of open delta systems.
over voltage spikes. These units are limited in the amount of energy that can be dissi­pated, but will handle, if designed properly, very large currents. You can’t take a direct lightning hit and still operate, but not many things will. It has been reported by engi­neers that installation of a thirdtransformer and trans ient protection devices, have eliminated the difficulty.
2.4.1.5. Three Phase Wye Distribution
Transformers
The WYE connected system is also con­sidered a symmetrical form of three phase power distribution. All impedances are bal­anced as seen from each terminal (see Fig­ure 2-2). It is important when using a WYE connected system that the fourth wire (neu­tral) is connected to the mid-point of the system as shown in the diagram. When this connectionismadeit providesa path for the zerosequencecurrentsaswellasanyhar­monic currents which are generated due to the rectificationof the secondary voltages.
In summary, both symmetrical power dis­tribution systems are satisfactory because of their balanced impedances. Use either a closed delta or a four wire WYE system for maximum transmitter performance. Never use an open delta system just to cut costs ­it could cost dearly in the long run.
2.5. General Installation
Requirements
The key to a rapid and successful setup is careful planning prior to delivery of the system. HARRIS offers, as an option, engi­neering services to reviewand comment on proposedinstallations. InadditionHARRIS offers,as anoption,design,fabrication,and installation services to any required level for total integration of the system into a facility.
Lifting Equipment (Fork Lift, etc)
Hand Tools For opening wooden
Shims (2" by 2") Aluminum,assorted
Hand Operated Hole Punch
900 lbs (408 kg) capacity
crates
thicknesses For adding 0.25"
hardware holes to
0.020" thick copper ground strap at transmitter ground connection.
Figure 2-1. Three Phase Delta
Distribution Transformers
The only advantage of the open delta is lower initial cost, and this is partiallyoffset by the fact that when only two transformers are used, they must be larger than the three transformers in a closed delta system.
Difficulties have often been experienced with open delta systems; but when a third transformerwasaddedtoclose thedelta,the problems disappeared.
Thereisanother problem which can occur with an open delta system, and that i s caused by lightning and switching tran­sients. When lightning strikes or heavy loads are switched on a power distribution system, high voltage transients are propa­gated throughout the system. Unbalanced impedances will enhance these transients and can cause transmitter damage, particu­larly to solid state rectifiers.
Many transmitters are located at the end of a long transmission line which is highly susceptible to transient phenomena. De­vices such as Metal Oxide Varistors are inexpensive and very effective in reducing
Figure 2-2. Three Phase WYE
Distribution Transformers
Today, many transformers are supplied with all of the primary terminals available sothateitheradeltaor WYEconnectioncan be made. Table2-1 shows the different line­to-line voltages that are available with this configuration.
Delta connected
transformer
WYE connected
transformer
210 364
220* 380*
230 400
240* 415*
250 433
* Typical voltages in some areas of the world.
Table 2-1. Typical Line Voltages
Delta or WYE
Table 2-2. Special Installation
Tools and Equipment
Tra ns forme r, Low
472 1678 000 (1)
Level,A20T01 Transformer,
Power,A19T01
Table 2-3. Equipment Supplied with
Transmitter and Listed on Packing
Check List Supplied with Transmitter
2.5.1. Equipment Placement
See packing list for part number
The transmitter should be located to per­mit adequate maintenance access and suffi­cient ventilation. Primary AC power cables can enter the transmitter at a variety of locations and the specific location of entry will need to be determined on site. The grounding strap between the transmitter and the station earth ground must be prop­erly connected before AC power wiring is attached to transmitter.
2.5.2. Pre-Installation Inspection
Prior to performing the installation of the GATES Seriestransmitter, it should be thoroughly inspected for any connections which may have loosenedduring shipment.
2-2 888-2314-001 Rev. AC: 2/29/00
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 19
This is important due to numerous high current connections in the transmitter.
Also check that all ribbon cablesare prop­erly locked into their respective printed cir­cuit board connectors.
The mechanical interconnecting integrity of the above mentioneditems is essential to the attaining of proper transmitter opera­tion. Although appropriate packaging and shipping precautions are taken prior to the equipment leaving the factory, hardware may, in isolated cases, work loose in transit and result in a failure.
Check for debris or loose hardware, espe­ciallyaroundthe high current power supply connections.
2.5.3. Equipment Positioning
Following removal of the shipping mate­rial, move the cabinet on its skid as near as possible to its permanent position. If ship­ping bolts have been used, they will be locatedateachcorneroftheskid.Remove the bolts from the underside of the skid.
NOTE
Positioning of the cabinet is to be per-
formed by experienced personnel to pre-
vent damage to the equipment or injury
to personnel.
With a suitable lifting device, raise one end of the transmitter cabinet sufficientlyto permit the placing of three lengthsof circu­lar bar stock under the cabinet. In this man­ner the cabinet can be efficiently and carefully rolled off the skid.
2.5.4. Ground Strap Installation
The importance of a good groundingsys­tem and lightning protection can hardly be overemphasized for reasons of personnel safety, p rotection of the equipment, and equipment performance. The following is only a brief overview.
Lightning and transient energy via the powerline or towerconnectionscanimpose serious threats to your personal safety as well as damage the equipment. For these reasons you should have a good protective earthing system to divert these forms of energyto earth ground.Propergrounding of theequipmentalso guards against electrical shock hazards that would exist if the equip­ment failed in a way which put a hazardous voltage on the chassis.
A good grounding system should include substantial grounding at the tower base us­ingcopper ground rods and/or a buriedcop­per ground screen, with copper strap used to connect the tower base to earth ground. A low impedance will help carry lightning current directly into the ground instead of into your building. Additionally, coax shield(s)should be electricallyconnectedto
and exit the tower as near to the bottom as practical to minimize the lightning voltage potential carried by the coax into your building.
For coaxes, a singlepoint of entry into the building is best, with all connected to a common grounding plate (or bulkhead panel) having a low impedance connection tothebuildingperimeter ground.Widecop­per straps should be used for making the connection from the common grounding plate to earth ground.
Acommongroundingplate is alsothebest locationfor coaxialsurgeprotectorsforsen­sitive equipment such as an STL receiver. Ideally, this plate should also be the entry point for all signal lines, and serve as a single point ground for AC power surge protection.
A good ground system should include pe­rimeter grounding of the transmitter build­ing using copper ground rods and copper strap. There should also be a copper strap running from tower ground to the building perimeter ground.
Good grounding and shielding will help keep stray RF current to a minimum. RF interference usually shows up in one of several ways, intermittent problems with digital or remote control circuits, audio feedback or high pitched noise. Even a smallamountofnon-shieldedwiremakesa very efficient antenna for RF and transient energy. If RF is allowed into the audio equipment,itcanberectifiedand may show up as noise or feedback. Wire and cable shields should normally be connected at both ends to the equipment chassis.
Agroundstrapattachment point islocated on the bottom, right rear, of the cabinet behind the dust cover (uses a 10-32 brass screw with brass washer). Use this connec­tionwhenutilizingasinglepointgrounding system, attaching your ground strap to the common grounding plate. See 839-7920­044 Gates series Outline drawing.
A groundingstud is also providednearthe AC input connections in the lower portion of the transmitter. Use this connection for the power line ground. It is located under the low voltage power supply board.
2.6. Electrical Installation
NOTE
All GATES Series™ transmitters are
shipped with A19T1 and A20T1 con-
nected for 251 VAC operation. It is ad-
vised that the end user determine the ap-
propriate tap settings during the initial
turn-on. In this procedure, the trans-
former tapping is determined by the re-
sulting DC supply voltage. This ensures
that the DC supplies are operated in the desired range.
2.6.1. Power Requirements
The GATES SeriesGATES FIVE (3 phase version) is designed to operate from a3phase,208/240 VAC,50to60 Hz source. Sixty ampere service is required. Use 6 gauge wire for this connection.
The single phase GATESFIVE requires a 100 amp 208/240 VAC, 50 to 60 Hz source. Use 4 gauge wire for this connection.
The GATES TWO requires a 60 amp 208/240 VAC, 50 to 60 Hz source. Use 6 gauge wire for this connection.
The GATES ONE requires a 30 amp 208/240 VAC, 50 to 60 Hz source. Use 8 gauge wire for this connection.
There is no requirement for 120 VAC in any case.
As an option, the low voltage circuits can be powered from a separate circuit breaker. Although not a requirement, thissetup some­times is advantageous for maintenance and troubleshooting. If you choose to wire your transmitter this way,you will need to provide a separate 10 amp circuit breaker.
NOTE
If service voltage is less than 208 VAC,
a higher current service may be needed.
Refer to the Outline drawing for mechani­cal dimensions and wire feed locations.
WARNING
ENSURE THAT ALL AC POWER IS OFF PRIOR TO STARTING THE FOLLOWING INSTALLATION
2.6.1.1. Procedure.
For a three phase GATES FIVE, connect 3 phaseACinput powerfromafuseddisconnect box or circuit breaker to transmitter cabinet terminal board TB1 terminals 1, 2 and 3. The powersourcecan be either a closeddelta(usu­ally 230 to 240 volts) or aWYE (usually 208).
For a four wire WYE system (341 to 434 volts), connect the neutral wire to terminal board TB1 terminal 4. Also for a WYE system ensure that the high voltage trans­former has been tapped correctly for the configuration (see the Wiring Diagram for the three phase GATESFIVE transmitter).
For the GATES ONE, GATES TWO, or single phase GATESFIVE, connect ACinput power(197 to 251 VAC)from afused discon­nect box orcircuit breaker to transmitter cabi­net terminal board TB1 terminals 1 and 2.
NOTE
Terminal board TB1 is accessed by remov-
ing the four screws which hold the circuit
breaker panel to the front of the transmit-
Rev. AC: 2/29/00 888-2314-001 2-3
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 20
ter and then sliding the circuit breaker panel forward. Terminal board TB1 is located on the floor of the transmitter di­rectly below the AC Power panel. Termi­nals are numbered left to right.
Ifyou choose towireyourtransmitterwith separatelow voltageandhigh voltagefeeds, you will need to remove the factory in­stalledjumperwiresfrom TB1, and connect a10ampservicetoTB1terminals5and6.
For the 3 phase GATESFIVE, ensure that the Phase Monitor relay A19K3 is installed
Table 2-4. Interface Board Connections
CONTROL
INPUTS TERMINAL
Low TB2-1 Two TB2-2 Three TB2-3 Four TB2-4 Five TB2-5 High TB2-6 Off TB2-7 Raise TB2-8 Lower TB2-9 Ext Kill (RF mute) TB2-10 FAILSAFE TB1-1 and TB1-2
METERING
OUTPUTS TERMINAL
PA Voltage TB2-11 PS Current TB2-12 Power Output TB2-13 STATUS TERMINAL Low TB2-15 Two TB2-16 Three TB2-17 Four TB2-18 Five TB2-19 High TB2-20
OVERLOAD
STATUS TERMINAL
Overload Ind Reset TB2-14 Auto Cutback TB2-21 Supply Voltage TB2-22 Supply Current TB2-23 Underdrive TB2-24 VSWR TB2-25 Audio TB2-26 Audio TB2-27 Ground TB2-28
in the AC Power panel and is adjusted to MIN.SeeNotebelow.
NOTE
To adjust the Phase Monitor, remove all power from transmitter and rotate the voltage adjustment screw to your approximate AC line voltage. The actual setting will have to be determined by trial and error. Refer to para­graph 2.7.1.g for adjustment information.
2.6.2. RF Output Connection
Connect the output transmission line from theantennato theRFOUTPUTconnectorjack J1 located on top of the transmitter cabinet.
A GATES ONE requires a male type N connector. Specific type N connectors are availablefor various types of coax.
TheGATESTWOandGATESFIVErequire a 7/8 EIA flange. Specific connectors of this type are available for various kinds of coax.
2.6.3. Battery Installation
The purpose of the battery on the Controller board (on the swing out panel) is to maintain transmitter operational status during a power interruption. It is not important to install it until
you are nearly ready to put the transmitter into regular operation. The transmitter will operate properly without the battery, how­ever , po wer interruptions lasting more than a few seconds will result in an OFF condi­tion, and all overload lights lit.
A standard 9 volt battery will last about 2 weeks of continuous running with no AC powerapplied.Alkalinebatterieswillgivethe longest shelf life. It is a good idea to change the battery after a long outage or yearly.
2.6.4. Audio Input
Route the audio cable up from the base of the transmitter to the Interface board. The Interface board is located in the lower left portion of the transmitter in the front. Con­necttheaudioinputwiresto terminals TB2­26 and TB2-27 on the Interface Board. TB2-28is ground for the audiocable.Refer to Table 2-4 and Figure 2-3.
2.6.5. Remote Control
Allremote controlconnectionsaremadeatthe Interfaceboard. Cabling forremotecontrolmay be routed up from the base of the transmitter.
To prepare wire, strip insulation back approximately 1/4" and twist strands back into
their natural position.
A small flat blade screwdriveris an appropriate tool to use to make the connection.
To make connection, align wire in side opening “B” and depress clamp down from opening “A”with tool. Insert wire or component in opening “B” andsecurebywithdraw­ing tool.
Figure 2-3. Making Connections to WAGO Block
2-4 888-2314-001 Rev. AC: 2/29/00
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 21
Note:Allremotecontrol inputs areactivated by applying a momentary ground connection to each desired input. This makes the trans­mitterdirectlycompatiblewithopencollector type remote control units as well as dry con­tact systems. With a dry contact (relay) sys­tem, you will simply need to momentarily switch each of the desired control inputs to ground in order to cause a function to occur.
The status outputs for power levels and overloads are open collector outputs. These are directly compatible with TTL type in­puts,or may be usedto drivesmallrelays or other indicating devices as long as the cur­rent requirements are 100 ma or less.
To use a status output to drive a small relay, you will need to connect the relay from the status output toa DC power source with a positive voltage between 5 volts and 24volts.As with anyDCpoweredrelay,you should connect a diode across the coil, with the cathode toward the positive supply.
2.6.6. Airflow Sensor Status
In addition to the status outputs described above, transmitters manufactured Decem­ber 1995 and later are equipped with an Airflow Sensor circuit which includes a status output. A relay contact closure is providedonTB1onthemainAirflowSen­sor circuit board, located in the air inlet for A20B1.
All metering samples are positive with respect to ground and are less than 5 volts into a 10k ohm input resistance.
2.6.7. Failsafe Connection
24VAC contactor coil current passes through the Failsafe Interlock t ermi nals. Therefore, high voltage power supply acti­vationrequires the presence of a continuous closure across the Failsafe Interlock termi­nals. Opening of the contacts results in de­energizing the HV contactors.
A connection is required at the Failsafe terminals even if the transmitter will be locally controlled. Switching the transmit­ter to Local control does not bypass the Failsafe interlock.
Contacts and wiring connected to these terminalsshouldberatedfor atleast24 VAC @ 1 amp. Refer to the listing of Interface Board connections in the Table 2-4.
The shield connection forthe remote con­trolcablingshouldbe connected to a nearby ground stud or one of the Interface board mounting screws.
2.6.8. Modulation Monitor Sample
An adjustable, 1 to 5 Volt RMS signal source is provided on the Output Monitor board.The Output Monitor board is located behind an access door on the front. Route
the cable for the modulation monitor from the base of the transmitter up to thelocation of the Output Monitor board. The coax will slip into the gap between the transmitter wallandtheenclosurefortheOutputMoni­tor, RF Oscillator, and PDM Generator.
Connect modulation monitor to the BNC jackon theOutputMonitorboardA18.Besure topositionthecoaxsafelyawayfromany components which may generate enough heat to melt the insulation on the coaxial cable.
2.7. Initial Turn On Procedure
Before initial t urn on, ensure that the fol­lowing items are checked:
a. Ground strap is properly connected be-
tween tran smitter and station earth ground.
b. Check for debris/hardware in base of
transmitter and in AC Panel.
c. Make sure all hardware connections are
tight. d. AC input wiring is properly connected. e. Transmitter output is properly termi-
nated into a suitable load capable of
handling rated output power (antenna or
dummy load). f. Audio input is properly connected. g. Monitoring equipment is properly con-
nected. h. The REMOTE/LOCAL switch on the
Controller board (on the swing out
panel) should be in the local mode. i. Be sure the front and rear covers are in
place.
2.7.1. Initial Turn On
Important
Temporarily remove F1 from the Interface board. This will disable the contactor circuit for the first part of the turn-on procedure. Fasten the bottom frontpanel in place with at least two screws.
WARNING
THE NORMAL PROCEDURE FOR TRANSMITTER TURN OFF SHOULD BE FOLLOWEDINORDERTOPROPERLY DISCHARGE THE HIGH VOLTAGE COM­PONENTS. TURN OFF THE HIGH VOLT­AGEBYDEPRESSING THEOFF BUTTON. IFYOUMUSTENTERTHETRANSMITTER, SET THE REMOTE/LOCAL SWITCH TO LOCAL AND ALLOW THE POWER SUP­PLY TO DISCHARGE AS INDICATED BY THEFRONTPANEL METERS. LOWVOLT­AGE MAY THEN BE REMOVED BY SET­TING THE LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT BREAKER TO OFF. DISCONNECT ALL PRIMARY POWER SERVICE. REMOVE THE REAR LIFT OFF PANEL SLOWLY TO ALLOW THE RESISTOR DISCHARGE MECHANISMTOFUNCTION.AGROUND­ING STICK IS PROVIDEDIN THE TRANS-
MITTER AND SHOULD BE USED TO AS­SURE THAT ALL HIGH VOLTAGE HAS BEEN REMOVED UNDER FAULT CONDI­TIONS. BE CAREFUL NOT TO GROUND ANY CONNECTIONS WHICH ARE STILL ENERGIZED.THISWOULDINCLUDE ALL LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUITS IF THE LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT BREAKER HAS NOT BEEN SET TO OFF POSITION.
CAUTION
IF ANY ABNORMALITIES ARE ENCOUN­TERED IN THE FOLLOWING STEPS, STOP THE PROCEDURE, REMOVE ALL POWER, AND PROCEED TO TROUBLESHOOTING SECTION OF MANUAL.
a. Using a small blade screwdriver or ad-
justing tool, rotate the LOWpowerlevel control pot (located below the LOW powerON switch)severalturns counter­clockwise. The other pots may be left at
the factory settings for now. b. Apply AC power to transmitter. c. Set the LOW VOLTAGE circuit breaker
A20CB1 to ON position. d. Verify the +/- 12 volt supply LEDsillu-
minate on the control panel. e. If you havea3 phase GA TESFIVE,verify
red LED on Phase Monitor (inthe contac-
tordrawer) isilluminated.Ifthe LEDisnot
illuminated, either the Phase Monitor is
not adjusted for the correct line voltage or
thephasesequenceis backwards.Remove
all po wer and adjust the volta ge selector
on the Phase Monitor to the lowest setting
and re-apply power. f. If the LED is still not illuminated, re-
move all power and reverse any two
leads in the main disconnect box and
re-apply power and verify that the LED
is illuminated. Adjust the voltage selec-
tor so that the red LED on the Phase
Monitor relay illu minates when AC
power is applied. In this adjustment, al-
low for a reasonable sag in line voltage,
butdo not desensitize it so far that itwill
be ineffective.
Note: The Phase Monitor relay adjust­ment is affected only by the particular line voltage.Itisnot affectedbythe changing of transformer taps which may be done later.
g. Install screws holding AC Power panel
in place.
WARNING
ENSURE ALL VOLTAGE IS REMOVED FROM TRANSMITTER AND ALL POINTS WHERE VOLTAGE HAS BEEN APPLIED ARE GROUNDED BEFORE CHANGING ANY TAPSIN THE FOLLOWING STEP.
h. Use a suitable voltmeter to measure the
+/-20voltsupply. A convenientpointfor checking these voltages is on the PDM
Rev. AC: 2/29/00 888-2314-001 2-5
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 22
Generator, A15 at the fuses. Measure each voltage with respect to ground. If the voltages are under 19 Vdc, discon­nect AC power and re-tap A20T1 to the nextlowerprimary voltage(taps240,0).
It is desired thatthe low voltage supply be between 19 and 23 Vdc both plus and mi­nus. Use a procedure of removing AC power, grounding transformer taps, moving the primary wiring to the next lower incre­ment, then measuring +/-20 volt supplies, to achieve the desired supply voltages.
Note: The transformer tap connections are provided on TB3, terminals 15 through
19. Refer to Figure 2-3 for instructions on using the Wago block terminals. Move the AC connection as deemed appropriate to achieve the desired output voltage.
i. Verify that all overloadand fault indica-
tors can be extinguished by pressing the Reset button.
j. Check theRFDrivereadingontheMul-
timeter. It should be close to the values recorded on the factory test data sheet. If it is not, re-check the low voltage trans­former tapping. If needed, check the ac­tual RF Drive on the PA module(s) per the procedure in Section C.
k. Confirm that when any of the power ON
pushbuttonsaredepressed theyilluminate. The AC contactors in the pull out drawer should not be heard energizing at this time sinceF1isnotinthe Interfaceboard.Also, thePDMKILLandPDMFAULTLED’s will light in this condition.
l. Verifythat depressing the OFFpushbut-
ton clears all power ON pushbuttons.
m.Disconnect all primary power, and in-
stall F1 in place on the Interface board. n. Reapply primary power. o. Rotate the multimeter switchto theSup-
ply Voltage position. Depress the LOW
power pushbutton. The contactors
should close and apply main ACvoltage
tothehigh voltagesupply.Themultime-
ter should show a voltagein the rangeof
220 to 270 on the 300 scale.
WARNING
IF CONTACTORS DO NOT CLOSE IN THE PRECEDING STEP, REMOVE ALL POWER FROM TRANSMITTER AND EN­SURE FAILSAFE INTERLOCK CON­TACTS ARE JUMPERED OR EXTERNAL FAILSAFE HIGH VOLTAGE INTERLOCK CIRCUIT IS PROPERLY CONNECTED. ALSO BE SURE THE REAR PANEL IS SECURELY FASTENED.
p. Switch the multimeter to read Detector
Nullandverifythatthereadingiszero. q. Rotate the LowPowercontrol potclock-
wise and observe the PA Voltage, PA
Amps, and FWD Power meters, and raise the power until the power level is as stated on the factory Final Test Data Sheets for the Low Power setting.
r. If the Detector Null reading increases
from zero, adjust the TUNING and LOADING controls to minimize the reading. This will match the PA to the load impedance you are using.
Duringtheinitial tune-up, the null should be found to be well withinthe range of the TUN­ING and LOADING controls. If these con­trolsrequire considerable adjustment,theload impedance on the transmitter is probably not very close to 50 ohms. Ifconsiderable adjust­ment is required, the impedance presented to the transmitter output terminal should be measured and corrected as necessary.
Although the transmitter is designed to match up to a 1.5:1 VSWR, the optimum condition is to terminate it into 50 ohms.
s. Depress Power Level number 2. The
power level should increase to near the factory setting for this power level. It probably will not be exactly the same since the Fine Power adjustment has not been made.
t. AdjusttheTuningand Loading controls
as necessary to null the Detector Null readingtozero.
u. Compare the present readings against
thefactorydataforanymajordiscrepan­cies. If any exist, it should be investi­gated at this time.
v. Progressively step the power level up-
ward by selecting each higher level, check the readings against the Final Test Data Sheets. Adjust the TUNING and LOADINGcontrols to minimize the De­tector Null reading to zero.
w.Compare all readings against the Test
Data. Since the High Voltage trans­former is tapped at 240 +11 from the factory, it will probably be necessary to changethetransformertapsaccordingly. The need to do this or not is determined by the Supply Voltage reading on the Multimeter.Itshouldbe250to265 volts at full power.
A change from one transformer tap setting to the next will produce about a 5% change in DC Supply voltage. For example, moving from 240, +11 to a setting of 240, 0 would result in a DC Supply increase of about 5%.
NOTE
The smaller gauge wiring on the trans-
former primary is for the fans. These
smaller wires should always be left on
240, -11.
If you will be operating the transmitter well below its rated power, then you may leave the High Voltage transformer at it
highest primary setting. This will yield the best overall performance if it is to be oper­ating at a reduced power level.
WARNING
ENSURE ALL VOLTAGE IS REMOVED FROM TRANSMITTER AND ALL POINTS WHERE VOLTAGE HAS BEEN APPLIED ARE GROUNDED BEFORE CHANGING ANYTAPS ONTHETRANSFORMER.
x. Look at the range of the Fine Power
adjustment using the Raise/Lower switches. It is desirable to seteach of the coarse power level pots (LOW through HIGH) with the Fine adjustment in the middle portion of its range.
The PDM Power Level reading on the Multimeter is essentially the power control settings. This reading may serveas a handy reference for each desired power level. These readings should be recorded when the transmitter is initially set up, and used later if you need to troubleshoot a power level change.
y. Check or set each powerlevelaccording
to your needs and compare all readings with the factory test data. Report any major discrepancies to the HARRIS Service Department.
The GATES Seriesincorporates a pro­tectiveactionnamed Automatic Cutback in which the transmitter will step to each suc­cessivelylowerpowerinanefforttostayat thehighesttolerable powerlevelwhen there is an overload condition. This is similar to the automatic foldback feature in some transmitters, but is different in that the power level steps down rather than going through a gradual reduction.
Because of the Automatic Cutback fea­ture,it isusefulto setall6 powerlevels.This way, the transmitter output will remain at a reasonable level should an Automatic Cut­back occur. These power levels that you would not ordinarilyuse may be intermedi­ate power levels, or lowerthan your normal operating powers.
2.7.2. Modulation Monitor Carrier Level
After each power level has been adjusted, you should set the RF sample level for your Modulation Monitor. If you are not using a modulation monitor at the transmitter, you should leave all of the monitor level controls setfullycounterclockwise(minimumoutput).
The output levels of the monitor circuit are independent of one another, so they may be set in any order. While operating at a particular powerlevel,rotateeach corresponding control clockwise to achieve adequate carrier level.
Switching the REMOTE/LOCAL switch (nearthe battery on the Controllerboard)to
2-6 888-2314-001 Rev. AC: 2/29/00
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 23
the REMOTE position will enable the re­mote control circuits and should be in RE­MOTE position for normal operation. In addition to enabling the remote inputs, the transmitter will mute the RF Oscillator when in an OFF condition.
Note: The PA Voltmeter deflects upward when shut off in the Remote mode. This is a normal function of the RF drive being removed when PA voltage is present.
2.7.3. Application of Audio
Apply audio to the transmitter, and ob­serve the resulting modulation level on the monitor. The audio input sensitivity is fac­tory set for +10dBm, but is continuously
adjustabledown to -10dbm. Ifyou desire to increasethesensitivity, you may adjust R21 on the PDM Generator.
Audio polarity is important, especially if youoperateinstereo. Observetheresultson yourmonitor,and change the audio polarity if the need is indicated.
2.7.4. Remote Meter Calibration
The remote sample outputs of the trans­mitter are designed to be compatible with mostmodernday remote controlunits,with lessthan5voltsdc of output intoa10Kohm impedance. There are no internal adjust­ments for these voltages.
Set the remote control unit’s calibration adjustments to match the transmitter’sme- ter readings.
Note: The remote current reading is Supply Current, which is not the same as PACurrent. The remote Supply current reading should be calibrated against the Supply Current reading on the transmitter multimeter.
Supply Current actually reads lower than PA Current in normal operation due to the manner in which the PDM system operates.
Thisconcludes the initial turn onprocedure.
Referto sections A through K for individ­ual board controls and indicators.
Rev. AC: 2/29/00 888-2314-001 2-7
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 24
CONTROL/INDICATOR FUNCTION Power TransformerA19T1 Main Power Supply transformer for 260 volt dc supply. PDM Pullup Resistors Shield shown covering 250 watt resistor(s) used by PDM Pull-up circuits. Low Voltage Transformer A20T1 Secondary for +20VDC, -20VDC, 24 VAC, and IPA Supply (60/75/90/105/120 Vdc).
2-8 888-2314-001 Rev. AC: 2/29/00
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Figure 2-4. Base of GATES Transmitter
Table 2-5. Base of GATES Transmitter
Page 25
CONTROL/
INDICATOR FUNCTION
Relay K1 Relay K1 is used to
applyACtothehigh voltage transformer through current limiting resistor(s) during the step start sequence.
Relay K2 Relay K2 is used to
apply ACmains directly to the high voltage transformer.
Terminal Board TB1
Step Start Re­sistors A19R3, A19R2, & A19R1
Provides connections for AC input power.
(Only one resistor is used in the single phase transmitter.) The step start resistors limit the power supply surge currenton initial turn on.
Phase Monitor Detects loss of phase on
primary AC input power and h as capability to detect low primary AC input voltage (3 phase GATES FIVE only).
FAN C ircuit Breakers A20CB2 &
Protect wiring to fans from over current condition.
A20CB3 Lamp A20DS1 DS1 will illuminate
whenpoweris applied to thelowvoltagecircuitry.
Circuit Breaker, CB1
10 Amp circuit breaker to protect the low volta g e power supply from an over current condition.
Lamp A19DS1 A19DS1 will illuminate
when power is applied from the Main Disconnect Switch (i.e. cabinet is receiving AC power).
Figure 2-5. AC Power Panel
Rev. AC: 2/29/00 888-2314-001 2-9
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Table 2-6. AC Power Panel
Controls and Indicators
Page 26
Table 2-7. GATES ONE
Typical Readings at 1340kHz
Power Output 1000W 800W 600W 400W 200W 100W PA Volts 92.5 84 74 62 46.5 35 PA Amps 12.5 11.3 10 8.4 6.4 4.9 PDM Level 6.4 5.8 5.1 4.3 3.2 2.4 Supply Voltage 242 244 246 248 252 254 Supply Current 4.8 4.1 3.3 2.5 1.6 1.1 RF Drive 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 VSWR Detector Null 0 0 0 0 0 0 VSWR Detector Null Set 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 Underdrive Set 6.4 5.8 5.1 4.3 3.2 2.4 Supply Current Set 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 Supply Voltage Set 297 297 297 297 297 297 Battery 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 The readings above are typical readings. Refer to the Factory Test Data Sheets supplied for readings actually obtained during factory
tests.
Table 2-8. GATES TWO
Typical Readings at 800kHz
Power Output 2500W 2000W 1500W 1000W 500W 200W PA Volts 98.5 90.0 79.0 66.0 50.0 35.0 PA Amps 28.7 26.1 23.0 19.0 14.0 10.0 PDM Level 6.8 6.2 5.5 4.6 3.4 2.4 Supply Voltage 249 250 252 257 260 265 Supply Current 12.0 10.0 8.0 5.0 3.0 2.0 RF Drive 8.9 8.8 8.8 9.0 9.0 9.0 VSWR Detector Null 0 0 0 0 0 0 VSWR Detector Null Set 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 Underdrive Set 6.7 6.2 5.5 4.5 3.4 2.4 Supply Current Set 23.5 23.5 23.5 23.5 23.5 23.5 Supply Voltage Set 299 299 299 299 299 299 Battery 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 The readings above are typical readings. Refer to the Factory Test Data Sheets supplied for readings actually obtained during factory
tests.
2-10 888-2314-001 Rev. AC: 2/29/00
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 27
Table 2-9. GATES FIVE
Typical Readings at 920kHz
Power Output 5000W 4000W 3000W 2000W 1000W 500W PA Volts 96.0 87.0 76.0 62.0 48.5 37.0 PA Amps 57.5 52.5 46.0 38.5 29.5 22.5 PDM Level 6.7 6.0 5.3 4.5 3.4 2.5 Supply Voltage 247 250 252 255 259 262 Supply Current 24.1 20.0 15.8 12.0 6.8 4.2 RF Drive 8.7 8.7 8.6 8.5 8.4 8.3 VSWR Detector Null 0 0 0 0 0 0 VSWR Detector Null Set 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 Underdrive Set 6.7 6.0 5.3 4.4 3.3 2.5 Supply Current Set 44.8 44.8 44.8 44.8 44.8 44.8 Supply Voltage Set 297 297 297 297 297 297 Battery 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 The readings above are typical readings. Refer to the Factory Test Data Sheets supplied for readings actually obtained during factory
tests.
Rev. AC: 2/29/00 888-2314-001 2-11
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 28
2-12 888-2314-001 Rev. AC: 2/29/00
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 29
SECTION III
MAINTENANCE
3.1. Introduction
This section provides preventive mainte­nance information and corrective mainte­nance procedures. The information contained in this section is to provide guid­ance for establishing a comprehensive maintenance program to promote opera­tional readiness and eliminate down time. Particularemphasis is placed on preventive maintenanceand record-keeping functions. For further information on maintenance of particularboard, refer to sections A through K.
3.2. Station Records
The importance of keeping station per­formance records cannot be overempha­sized. Se parate logbooks should be maintained by operation and maintenance activities. These records can provide data for predicting potential problem areas and analyzing equipment malfunctions.
3.2.1. Maintenance Logbook
The maintenance logbook should contain a complete description of all maintenance activitiesrequired to keep the equipment in operationalstatus.A listing of maintenance information to be recorded and analyzed to provide a data base for a failure reporting system is as follows:
DISCREPANCY Describe the na­ture of the malfunction including all observable symptoms and perform­ance characteristics. CORRECTIVE ACTION Describe the repair procedure used to correct the malfunction. DEFECTIVE PART(S) List all parts and components replaced or repaired and include the following details:
a. Time In Use B. Part Number C. Schematic Number D. Assembly Number E. Reference Designator
SYSTEM ELAPSED TIME Total time on equipment NAME OF REPAIRMAN Person who actually made the repair STATION ENGINEER Indicates Chief Engineer noted and approved the repair of the equipment
3.3. Preventive Maintenance
Preventive maintenance is a systematic series of operations performed periodically on equipment. Because these procedures cannotbe applied indiscriminately,specific instructions are necessary.Preventivemain-
tenance consists of six operations: inspect­ing,feeling,tightening,cleaning, adjusting, and painting.
INSPECT. Inspection is the most impor­tant preventive maintenance operation be­cause it determines the necessity for the others.Become thoroughlyacquaintedwith normaloperatingconditionsin order to rec­ognize and identify abnormal conditions readily. Inspect for the following:
Overheating, which is indicated by discoloration, bulging of parts, and peculiar odors. Oxidation. Dirt, corrosion, rust, mildew, and fungus growth.
FEEL. Use this operation to check parts for overheating. By this means the lack of proper ventilation or the existence of some defect can be detected and corrected before serious trouble occurs. Become familiar with operating temperatures in orderto rec­ognize deviations from the normal range.
TIGHTEN. Tighten loose screws, bolts, and nuts. Do not tighten indiscriminatelyas fittings that are tightened beyond the pres­sure for which they are designed may be damaged or broken.
CLEAN. Clean parts only when inspec­tion shows that cleaning is required and only use approved cleaning solvent.
ADJUST. Make adjustments only when inspection shows that they are necessary to maintain normal operation.
PAINT. Paint surfaces with the original type of paint(using prime coat if necessary) wheneverinspectionshowsrust, or worn or broken paint film.
3.3.1. Maintenance Of Components
The following paragraphs provide infor­mation necessary for the maintenance of components.
TRANSISTORS. Preventive mainte­nanceof transistorsis accomplishedby per­forming the following steps:
Inspect the transistors and surrounding area for dirt as accumulations of dirt or dust could form leakage paths.
Use compressed dry air to remove dust from the area.
WARNING
ALWAYS WEAR SAFETY GOGGLES WHEN USING COMPRESSED AIR.
Examine all transistors for loose connec­tions or corrosion. Tighten the transistor mounting hardware to no more than 5 inch-
pounds. Over-tightening the transistor hardwarewillcausethesiliconinsulatorsto curl up on the ends and possibly short through. When replacing a MOSFET tran­sistor, be sure to alternate frequently be­tween the mounting posts to tighten the hardware down evenly. This will minimize the possibility of shorting through an insu­lator.
CAUTION
IF THE TRANSISTORS IN THE PA OR IPA REQUIRE CHANGING, ENSURE THAT ALL OF THE TRANSISTORS ARE OF THE SAME TYPE NUMBER AND ARE FROM THE SAME MANUFACTURER.
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS.Preventive
maintenance of integrated circuits is ac­complished by performing the following steps:
CAUTION
USE CARE TO AVOID THE BUILDUP OF STATIC ELECTRICITY WHEN WORKING AROUND INTEGRATED CIRCUITS.
Inspect the integrated circuits and sur­rounding area for dirt as accumulations of dirt or dust could form leakage paths.
Use compressed dry air to remove dust from the area.
WARNING
ALWAYS WEAR SAFETY GOGGLES WHEN USING COMPRESSED AIR.
CAPACITORS. Preventive maintenance of capacitors is accomplished by perform­ing the following steps:
Examine all capacitor terminals for loose connections or corrosion. Ensure that component mountings are tight. (Do not over tighten capacitor mounting straps as excessive pressure could cause internal shorting of the capacitors. Examine the body of each capacitor for swelling, discoloration, or other evidence of breakdown. Use standard practices to repair poor solder connections with a low-watt­age soldering iron. Clean cases and bodies of all capaci­tors.
Inspectthe bleederresistorswhen inspect­ing the electrolytic capacitors.
FIXED RESISTORS. Preventive main­tenance of fixed resistors is accomplished by performing the following steps:
When inspecting a chassis, printed­circuit board, or discrete component
Rev. AD 888-2314-001 3-1
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 30
assembly, examine resistors for dirt or signs of overheating. Discolored, cracked, or chipped components indi­cate a possible overload. When replacing a resistor, ensure that the replacement value corresponds to the component designated by the schematic diagram and parts list. Clean dirty resistors with a small brush.
VARIABLETUNINGAND LOADING
COILS.Lubricateat six month intervals,or
as required if binding is evident, the mating surfaces of the ribbon and wiper with HAR­RIS lubricant (part number 055 0115 007) using a cotton swab to apply the liquid. Follow directions provided with lubricant forproperapplicationtechniques. Use spar­ingly as too much may prove ineffective. This lubricant can also be obtained locally or from CAIG LABORATORIES, INC., Escondido, CA., 92025-0051 under the name of CRAMOLIN R.
FUSES. Preventive maintenance is ac-
complished by performing the following steps:
When a fuse blows, determine the cause
before installing a replacement.
CAUTION
IF ANY OF THE FUSES IN THE GATES SE­RIESTRANSMITTER REQUIRE REPLAC­ING, ENSURE THAT ONLY AN EXACT RE­PLACEMENT FUSE IS USED. A DIFFERENT MANUFACTURERSFUSEOFTHESAME SIZE AND/OR RATING DOES NOT FULFILL THE REQUIREMENT FOR EXACT REPLACE­MENT.
Inspect fuse caps and mounts for charring
and corrosion.
Examine clips for dirt, and, if necessary,
clean with a small brush.
If necessary, tighten fuse clips and con­nectionsto the clips. The tensionofthefuse clips may be increased by pressing the clip sides closer together.
SWITCHES. Preventive maintenance of switchesisaccomplished by performingthe following steps:
Inspect switch for defective mechanical action or looseness of mounting and con­nections.
Examine cases for chips or cracks. Do not disassemble switches.
Inspect accessible contact switches for dirt, corrosion, or looseness of mountings or connections. Check contacts for pitting, corrosion, or wear. Operate the switches to determine if they move freely and are positive in action. Tighten all loose connections and mountings.
Be sure to include an inspection of the power supply discharge switches located at the bottom of the rear panel opening.
TOROIDS. Inspect the drive transformer
assemblies periodically for any signs of stress. These would be T11 and T12 on the IPA andT11,T12,T21, T22,T31,T32,T41, and T42 on the Power Amplifierboards A1 through A4. In particular, check the zener diodes on these transformer assemblies for signs of over dissipation. When over dissi­pated, these zeners will lose their normal glossy finish. If any of these zeners are found in this condition, check the RF drive system.
Thetoroidson the backsideof the IPAand PA should be inspected when the modules are removed for replacing transistors. A crack or break in any core may cause dam­age to the transistors of the same quad. The best way of inspecting the toroidal cores is by rotating the core. This will allow a com­plete visual inspection.
PRINTED-CIRCUIT BOARDS.Pre­ventive maintena nce of printed circuit boards is accomplished by performing the following steps:
Inspect the printed circuit boards for cracks or breaks. Inspect the wiring for open circuits or raised foil. Check components for breakage or discoloration due to overheating. Clean off dust and dirt with a clean, dry lint-free cloth. Use standard practices to repair poor solder connections with a 40 watt soldering iron.
CAUTION
ENSURE THAT THERMAL COMPOUND IS APPLIED TO PLATES OF PA, IPA, AND PDM AMPLIFIERBOARDSBEFORETHEYAREIN­STALLEDON HEAT SINKS AND THAT HARD­WARE SECURING BOARD TO HEAT SINK IS PROPERLYTORQUED TO 6-INCH POUNDS. ALSO INSURE NO BURRS OR DIRT PARTI­CLES ARE ON THE MATING SURFACES.
3.3.2. Air System
The air filter should be cleaned routinely. The intervalsbetween cleaning will depend on the environment.
Replace filter if it is worn out.
3.3.3. GATES Series™ Top Removal
Procedure
The GATES Seriestop may have to be removed to change frequency determinant components if a frequency change is re­quired, or any capacitors need replacing.
WARNING
ENSURE ALL POWERIS REMOVED AND NETWORK COMPONENTS ARE SHORTED WITH SHORTING STICK BE­FORE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE.
a. Make sure all power is turned off and
Output Network components are shorted to ground with shorting stick.
b. Disconnect A21L1 in the Output Net-
work from PA module A1 (see Figure 3-2).
c. Remove the eight screws holding RF
shield below L2 and remove RF shield from transmitter.
d. Disconnect the tubing which connects
A21L7 to the TUNING control, L4 as showninFigure3-3.
e. Remove10-32 Phillips headscrewfrom
C3 connector strap that goes to L4 (see Figure 3-3).
f. Separate the two halves of A18P4. This
connector is in line with three coaxes which go from the bracket e nd of A21 L2 to the Output Monitor board (see Figure 3-2).
g. Disconnect gray wire #112 from the HV
shorting switch at the upper left of the rear opening.
h. Remove all of the 8-32 screws around
the perimeter oftop access panel and the eightr screws on the top rear (see Figure 3-1).
CAUTION
THE REMOVABLE TOP ASSEMBLY WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 46 POUNDS.
i. From the rear of transmitter, pick up on
thetop and pull complete assembly back about one inch. It may be necessary to pull slightly on top back section to dis­engage edges from guide slots in corner posts.
j. At this point it maybe more desirable to
grasp bottom of L2 with one hand and topbacksection with the otherhand.Lift top rear about one inch and pull com­plete assembly straight back and then down to desired work area.
k. Reinstall the GATES Seriestop by
reversing the above procedure.
3.3.4. Low Voltage Supply Adjustment
The Low Voltage power supply outputs need to be in the desired voltage range in order for the transmitter to work properly. One Low Voltage Supply output is +/-20 volts for use by the Controller, PDM Gen­erator, RF Oscillator, PDM Amplifiers, Output Monitor, and Interface board.
The other output from the Low Voltage Supply is for use by theIPA and is60to120
3-2 888-2314-001 Rev. AD
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 31
Figure 3-1. Cabinet Top
Rev. AD 888-2314-001 3-3
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Figure 3-2. Output Network Removed from Transmitter
Page 32
Figure 3-3. Cabinet Top with Output Network Removed
volts depending on the particular needs of the transmitter and frequency.
TheprimaryoftheLowVoltagetrans­former should be tapped correctly in order toproducethe desired outputfromthe+/-20 volt section.
A convenient place to measure both volt­ages is at the fuses on the PDM Generator. Use a suitable voltmeter to measure the +/-20 volt supply. Measure each voltage with respect to ground. If the voltages are under 19 Vdc, disconnect AC power and re-tap A20T1 to the next lower primary voltage (taps 240, 0).
It is desired that the low voltage supply be between 19 and 23Vdc both plus and minus. Use a procedure of removingACpower,tem­porarily safety grounding transformer taps, moving the primary wiring to the next lower increment, then measuring +/-20 volt sup­plies, to achieve the desired supply voltages.
Note: The transformer tap connections are provided on TB3, terminals 15 through
19. Refer to Figure 2-3 for instructions on using the Wago block terminals. Move the AC connection as deemed appropriate to achieve the desired output voltage.
3.3.5. High Voltag e Supply Adjus tment
TheHighVoltageSupplyreadingonthe multimeter should be in the range of 250 to 265 volts for normal full power operation.
Significantly less than this will sacrifice positive peak modulation if operating at or near the transmittersratedpower.Signifi­cantly higher than 265 volts will result in Supply Voltage overloads.
WARNING
ENSURE ALL VOLTAGE IS REMOVED FROM TRANSMITTER AND ALL POINTS WHERE VOLTAGE HAS BEEN APPLIED ARE GROUNDED BEFORE CHANGING ANYTAPS ON THETRANSFORMER.
IftheHighVoltagereadingistoohigh,the transformerprimaryneeds to be changedto a higher setting.
If the High Voltage reading is too low,the transformerprimaryneeds to be changedto a lower setting.
The Supply Voltage can be changed in approximately 5% increments by changing to the next tap position.
3.3.6. RF Drive Measurement
WARNING
ENSURETHEHIGH VOLTAGEIS TURNED OFF BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Measure the actual RF drive level with a scope connected to a PA module. Place the
oscilloscope probe across R13 or the equivalentterminal of any module.
Attach the probe ground lead to the RF drive ground plane. Do not use the cabinet or chassis ground as this will give an incor­rect waveform.Properdrivelevelshould be 26-32 volts peak to peak on all eight inputs ofeachPAmoduleA1,A2,A3,andA4,with high voltage OFF.
If the RF Drive exceeds 32 volts peak to peak, the tap settings on the low voltage transformer will have to be changed.
WARNING
ENSURE ALL VOLTAGE IS REMOVED FROM TRANSMITTER AND ALL POINTS WHERE VOLTAGE HAS BEEN APPLIED ARE GROUNDED BEFORE CHANGING ANY TAPSIN THE FOLLOWING STEP.
To checkif the primary is properlytapped, it is advisable to measure the +/-20 volt supply on the PDM Generator.Measuredat the fuses, it should be in the range of 19 to 23 volts. If too high, change the primary setting of A20T1 to a higher position (for example, from 240/0 to 240+11).
If the primary setting is proper, but the RF drive level produced by the IPA is too high, the secondary taps on A20T1 will have to be changed to a lower number to reduce the IPA
3-4 888-2314-001 Rev. AD
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 33
supply voltage. The transformer secondar­ies are designated 60/75/90/105/120 Vdc. Moving from the 105 tap to the 90 tap will reduce the IPA supply voltage and the drive level.
3.3.7. IPA Tuning
Adjust A26L2 with a slotted screwdriver for a peak in drive level as measured on the PA modules.
Coarse IPA Tuning coil A26L1 has multi­ple taps so that A26L2 can be kept within its adjustment range. If the drive does not peak within the range of L2, the tap setting ofA26L1willhaveto be changed by select­ing another tap position.
WARNING
THE IPA CIRCUITRY UTILIZES FAIRLY HIGH VOLTAGES WHICH CAN CAUSE ELECTRICAL SHOCK AND RF BURNS. BE SURE TO DISC ONNECT THE PRI­MARY POWER AND DISCHARGE ANY RESIDUALVOLTAGES BEFORE MAKING ANY TAP CHANGES ON A26L1. BE SURE THAT THE SAFETY C OVERS ARE IN PLACE ON THE IPA SECTION BEFORE REAPPLYING POWER.
Some of the components in the A26C1 position may not be used. Refer to the Fac­tory Test Data Sheets forthe proper amount of capacitance.
If the RF Drivewhen peaked is lower than 25 volts peak to peak, make sure the IPA is fullyworking,and that it is not beingloaded down by PA failures. Refer to the trou­bleshooting procedures, as well as the checks of the PA modules.
WARNING
ENSURE ALL VOLTAGE IS REMOVED FROM TRANSMITTER AND ALL POINTS WHERE VOLTAGE HAS BEEN APPLIED ARE GROUNDED BEFORE CHANGING ANY TAPSIN THE FOLLOWINGSTEP.
If the drive is not low because of a com­ponent failure, then the IPA power supply secondary wil l have to be tapped for a highervoltage output.Forexample,moving a tap from the 105 volt connection to the 120 volt connection will increase the IPA supply voltage and the RF drive level.
3.3.8. PA Voltage Electrical Zero
Unplug P2 from the PDM Generator so that there will be no PA voltage when the high voltage is energized.
Energize the high voltage by depressing one of the powerlevel buttons. The contac­tors should energize, and Supply Voltage should appear on the Multimeter.
Adjust R31 on the Controller board to
make the PA Voltmeter read zero.
3.3.9. PA Volt Meter Calibration
The PA volt meter can be calibrated against an external meter of known accu­racy, using the following procedure.
WARNING
TURN OFF TRANSMITTER AN D DIS­CHARGE HIGH VOLTAGE BEFORE PRO­CEEDING.
Routesomelongvoltmeterleads tothePA modules through one of the bottom side holes made for a cable entrance.
Connectthepositivelead of the voltmeter to the 260 volt line of a PA module (L11 or thefuse,for example).Connectthe negative lead to the cathode of CR13 on the PA board. This is the same electrical point as the small banana jacks.
Turn the transmitter on at high power. AdjustR76on the Controllerboardtomake the front panel PA voltmeter agree with the external voltmeter.
Turnoff high voltage. Allow discharge of power to zero. Remove voltmeter leads.
3.3.10. PA Current Calibration
The PA AMPS meter can be calibrated against an external meter using the follow­ing procedure. The external meter and its leads must be capable of accurately reading at least 12 amps for a GATESONE, at least 30 amps fora GATES TWO, and at least 60 amps for a GATES FIVE.
WARNING
ENSURE ALL POWER IS REMOVED FROM THE TRANSMITTER BEFORE AT­TEMPTINGTOROUTETHELEADSINTHE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Locate the DC Ammeter where it can be seen from front of transmitter and route its leads through one of the bottom side access holes and up through one of the wiring grommets.
Interrupt the connection between the white, PA supply wires and PA metering shunt (A19R6) on the floor of the transmit­ter below the IPA.Insertleads from external DC ammeter in series with PA metering shuntandPA supplywiresobservingproper polarity (positive goes toward the PA shunt).
Besurethe external DC ammeter leads are positioned so they will not short to ground.
Ifa Clamp OnDCAmmeteris used,insure that it is not RFI or EMI sensitive.
Turn transmitter on at HIGH power and adjust the power level to set the reading on
the external ammeter on a convenient cali­bration level.
Adjust A19 R10(on the floorof the trans­mitter below the Interface board) to make the PA AMPS meter read the same as the external meter.
3.3.11. Power Supply Current Calibration
The Power Supply current can be cali­brated against an external meter using the following procedure. The external meter and its leads must be capable of reading at least 6 amps for a GATES ONE, at l east 20 amps for a GATES TWO, and at least 30 amps for a GATES FIVE.
WARNING
ENSURE ALL POWER IS REMOVED FROM THE TRANSMITTER BEFORE AT­TEMPTINGTOROUTETHELEADSINTHE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Locate the DC Ammeter where it can be seen from front of transmitter and route its leads through one of the bottom side access holes and up through one of the wiring grommets, to near the high voltage rectifi­ers.
Connect the DC Ammeter in series with the supply current shunt resistor A19R7. This is located ab ove the PDM Filter boards. Connect the positiveside of the DC
Ammeter to the shunt (leave the white wire in place on the shunt).
The negative side of the meter should connecttotheblackweldingcableremoved from the shunt.
Turnthe transmitter on at HIGHPOWER, and adjust the power level to some conven­ient calibration level.
Note the reading on the external meter, and adjust R25 on the Controller board to make the Supply Current reading on the Multimeter agree with the external meter reading.
3.3.12. Power Output Calibration
Connect the transmitter into a load with the capability of accurately measuring the power output. This is best done with a cal­orimetric dummy load, where the water temperature rise is measured against a known flow rate. A second choice is a dummy load and an RF ammeter of known accuracy.
Operate the transmitter at a convenient power level within the capabilities of the test setup.
Calibrate the Power Output meter to the same reading as measured externally using R85 on t he Controller board.
Rev. AD 888-2314-001 3-5
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 34
3.3.13. Overload Adjustment Procedures
3.3.13.1. Power Supply Current Overload
Check the present Power Supply Current reading against the value on the factory test data sheet for the same operating condi­tions. If the present reading is significantly higher,it will be advisableto investigatethe cause before proceeding with the following overload adjustment.
The overload threshold can be set to the same value as recorded on the factory test data sheet, or by checkingthe trip threshold by modulating it with a tone according to the following procedure.
Forsettingtheoverloadunder modulating conditions, operate the transmitter at 110% of its rated power output (5500 watts for GATES FIVE, 2750 watts for a GATES TWO, and 1100 watts for a GATES ONE).
Modulate with 20 Hz to 100%. Increase the audio level 0.5dB (6%).
Adjust R11 on the Controllerboard coun­terclockwise until the transmitter faults, then 1/3 of a turn clockwise from this trip point.
3.3.13.2. Underdrive Fault
Note:TheUnderdriveFaultthresholdvar­ies directly with the PDM Level such that the minimum drive requirements are less stringent at low power levels, but require fullRFDriveatfullpower.
The indicated RF Drive level should al­waysbesomewhatabovethe threshold(Un­derdriveSet) in a normal condition.
With the actual RF Drive having been verified on the PA module(s), the RF Drive reading is adjusted so that it reads suffi­ciently above the Underdrive Set reading at full power.
Verifying the correct RF drive amplitude (26-32 Vpp) requires checking the PA in­puts with a scope. Measure across R13, R14, R23, R24, R33,R34, R43 and R44 for each PA mod ule. For the procedure on checking the drive on the PA module(s), refer to Section C.
After verifying the actual RF drive to be in the normalrange, modulate the transmit­ter to 100% with 400 Hz at 110% power output (5500 watts for GATESFIVE, 2750 watts for a GATES TWO, and 1100 watts for a GATES ONE).
Adjust R143 on the Controller board counterclockwiseuntilthetransmittersteps to the next lower power level and displays the Underdrive fault. Then rotate R143 clockwise from the trip point about 2 turns.
3.3.13.3. VSWR Detector
You may set the VSWR trip threshold using the value recorded on the factory test data sheets, or may use a more involved process which actually causes the overload circuit to operate.
With the transmitter on, and NO modula­tion applied, set the LOWpowercontrol all the way to zero power output.
Use a clip lead to short a cross R18 on the Output Monitor board. This will cause the
VSWR detector to not be nulled when you bringupRFpower.
Gradually increase the power output, and watch the VSWR Detector Null reading comeup from zero. Adjust R14 on theCon­troller board so that the transmitter trips off when the VSWR Detector Null reading reaches 7.5 on the Multimeter.
3.4. Replacing Boards and
Replacing Board Components
The following boards may be replaced or havecomponents replaced without the need for adjustments or measurements:
Interface Board
PDM Pull Up boards
PDM Filter board
IPA Power Splitter board
PA Toroidboards
The remainder of the boards have adjust­ments or frequency determined compo­nents. Refer to section on particular board that is being replaced for information on checkout procedures to follow.
NOTE
When board replacement is required,
caution must be exercised in tightening
both current carrying and non-current
carrying surfaces. Non-current carrying
tightness should be only a snug fit (i.e.
PA module heat sink); while current car-
rying tightness should be more secure
than snug but not over tightened. Re-
member that relatively fragile printed
circuit board surfaces are being tight-
ened and damage to boards can occur if
excessive torque is applied.
3-6 888-2314-001 Rev. AD
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 35
SECTION IV
TROUBLESHOOTING
4.1. Introduction
This section of the technical manual c on­tainsoveralltroubleshootingproceduresfor the GATES SeriesAM Transmitter. As needed,referencesaremadetotheindividu­alized sections of the manual.
4.2. Definition of
Front Panel Indicators
UNDERDRIVE LED When lit is an in-
dication of low or no RF drive to the PA module(s).
VSWR LED Indicates a mismatch at the transmitteroutput or the TEE section of the Output Network.
SUPPLY VOLTAGE LED The DC out­put of the high voltagesupply has exceeded the maximum threshold of 290 volts.
SUPPLY CURRENT LED The current drawfrom thehighvoltagesupplyexceeded normal values.
AUTOMATIC CUTBACK LED Indi­cates the transmitter has reduced to a lower power level on its own because of a persist­ing overload condition.
PDM KILL LED Indicates that the transmitter is being muted by either an ex­ternalcommand,or by the transmittersstep start circuitry failing to complete its con­nections.
PLUSandMINUS12VOLTS When lit, indicates presence of Controller supply voltage.
REMOTE LED Indicates that the re­mote inputs are enabled. This does not in­hibit any local control functions.
LOCAL LED Lights when the transmit­ter can only be controlled locally.
PDMFAULTSENSING The PDM fault sensing LEDs indicate a significant imbal­ance in the PDM operation, resulting in a PDM Amplifier doing more or less than its share of work.
PA FUSE INDICATORS When lit indi­cate one or more fuses are blown in the corresponding PA module.
AIRFLOWSENSOR In addition, trans­mitters manufactured in December 1995 and later are equipped with an Airflow Sen­sor which shuts the transmitter down, and producesan audible alarm in the eventa fan failure is detected. This audible alarm is a continuous 2.8 Khz tone, plus a visual indi­catorprovidedononeoftheAirflowSensor boards. If the transmitter shuts down due to a fan failure, the transmitter can be turned back on. However, it will shut down in 1 to 2 minutes when the fan failure is again detected.
4.3. Symptom: Transmitter Will
NotTurnOn-Noneofthe Green LEDsonthePower Level Switches are Illuminated
4.3.1. Possible Causes
4.3.1.1. Loss of AC Power
Lookatthe+/-12V LEDson the Control­ler panel. If these are not illuminated, look at the amber indicators down by the Low Voltage circuit breaker at the bottom of the cabinet. If the circuit breaker is up and both indicators are illuminated, the AC power is getting to the transmitter.
4.3.1.2. Control Supply Failure
Loss of the +/-12V supplies, as indicated by the +/-12V LED’s being extinguished, points to a failure of one of the regulators (U32 or U33) on the Controller board, or a short circuit on the Controller.
Check fuses F2 and F3 on the Interface board.These are in line with the +/-20 volts to the Controller. A blown fuse most likely indicates excessive curren t draw by the Controller.
4.4. Symptom: Green Power Level
Status LEDs Illuminate, but the Primary Contactors Do Not Energize and No Overload LED’s Illuminate
The contactors normally produce anaudi­ble clunk as theyclose,and result in Supply Voltage registering on the Multimeter.
4.4.1. Possible Causes
4.4.1.1.
Phase Monitor (3FIVE only)
Check to see if the LED on the Phase Monitor relay in the contactor drawer is illuminated. If it is not, there may be a loss of phase, low line voltage, or improper ad­justment of the Phase Monitor relay. Al­though less common, there may also have been a phase reversal by the power com­pany.
4.4.1.2. Blown fuse
CheckfuseF1ontheInterfaceboard.Also make sure 24 VAC is present at F1 anytime AC power is applied to the transmitter.
4.4.1.3. Open Interlock
Makesure the rear panel is inpositionand fastened. Make sure the panel closure actu­ally closes the interlock switch. A click should be audible as the panel is pushed shut.
WARNING
BEFORE PERFORMING THE FOLLOW­ING STEP, DISCONNECT ALL POWER FROM THE TRA NSMITTER AND USE GROUNDINGSTICK TODISCHARGE ALL POINTS BEFORE TOUCHINGTHEM.
4.4.1.4. Failsafe Interlock Open
A closure should be provided between TB1-1and TB1-2 of the Interface Board for normal operation. If a remote control sys­tem or other equipment is connected to these terminals, check for the closure at the Failsafe terminals. Turn the low voltage OFF and ground the terminals with a grounding stick before using an ohmmeter to check for a closure at TB1-1 and TB1-2.
4.4.1.5. Interface board Output
WithAC powerappliedandanyof theON pushbuttons depressed, 24 VAC should ap­pear at TB1-2 on the Interfaceboard.It will not be necessary to installthe rear panel for this test.
4.4.1.6. Open Contactor Circuit
If the voltage checks okay at TB1-2 in the preceding step, then it is apparent that the K1 coil circuit is open. This would include the back panel interlock, Failsafe, the coil of K1, the Airflow Sensor, and the Phase
Monitor relay (3FIVE only).
4.4.1.7. Contactor Control Signal
If 24 VAC does not appear at TB1-1 and TB1-2 when any of the ON pushbuttons are depressed, check for the presence of a con­trol signal at R18 on the Interface board. About5voltsDCshouldappear ontheinput sideof R18 in an ONcondition.Ifnotthere, trace its origin at the Controller.
4.5. Symptom: One or Both Pri-
mary Contactors Energize, But There Is No Power Output
4.5.1. High Voltage Supply Failure
Checkthe SupplyVoltageon theMultime­ter. This should be 250-265 volts with the transmitter in any of the ON modes. If the supply voltage is zero, a High Voltage Sup­ply problem is indicated. Check the step start resistors in the contactor drawer. An open step start resistor would indicate a failure in the high voltage supply, most likely a shorted rectifier.
Also check the condition of the MOV devices on TB2 in the contactor drawer. A blown MOV would be an indication of a significant power line surge or transient.
Rev. T: Jan. 1996 888-2314-001 4-1
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 36
4.6. Symptom: High Voltage Is Pre-
sent, But There Is No Power Output
4.6.1. PDM Kill Condition
Check the PDM Power Level reading on the multimeter, and the status of the PDM Kill LED on the front panel. If there is no signal of a closure of the Run contactor (K2), there will be a PDM kill condition. Listen for the closure of K2. It should be heard closing after K1 has closed. Clean the auxiliary contacts of K2.
A PDM Kill can also come from an exter­nal device such as an RF contactor in a phasor.Check for an external kill signal and make sure that all RF contactors in the antenna system are fully seated.
4.6.2. PDM Level
CheckthePDMLevelreading on the Mul­timeter.If itiszeroforallpowerlevels, there may be a failure on the Controller board. Refer to the troubleshooting information in Section J on the Controller.
4.7. Possible Causes For Overloads
4.7.1. Supply Voltage Overload
4.7.1.1. Supply Voltage Too High
Check the Supply Voltage reading on the Multimeter. If the transmitter will stay on long enough, compare this reading with the valuerecorded on the factorytest data. Also checktheSupplyVoltageSetreadingonthe Multimeter. This is the threshold at which anoverloadshould occur.Thisisreadonthe same scale as the Supply Voltage, and is normally 290 volts. This value is deter­minedbytheratioofresistorsR10andR52 on the Controller board.
WARNING
ENSURE ALL AC VOLTAGE HAS BEEN REMOVED FROM THE TRANSMITTER AND THAT THE GROUNDING STICK IS USEDTOREMOVEANYRESIDUALVOLT­AGE THAT MAY BE PRESENT BEFORE THETAPSONTHEHIGHVOLTAGE TRANSFORMER ARE CHANGED.
If the present Supply Voltage reading is significantly higher, remove all AC voltage being supplied to transmitter and re-tap the high voltage power supply transformer to a higher primary setting. For example, if the transformer is presently tapped to 240/0, change the tapping to 240/+11. This will reduce the supply voltage by about 5%.
If the transmitter has been operating with the proper supply voltage for some time, and only recently increased, check to see if the power line voltage has increased.
4.7.2. Power Supply Current Over-
loads- At Turn On
4.7.2.1. Supply Short
If the transmitter doesnot try to operate at a reduced power, there may be a High Volt­age Supply short. There are two protection modes: The normal response of the protec­tion circuitry is to perform a momentary PDMinterrupt.If the high currentcondition remains, an OFF command is given.
A short of the Supply may be caused by mechanical failure of the safety switch which is normally openedby installation of the rear panel.
Another cause could be a shorted High Voltage filter capacitor.
4.7.3. Power Supply Current Over-
loads, Continuous Cycling and Automatic Cutback
4.7.3.1. PDM System Problem
If the over current problem is affected by the PDM interrupt, but exists upon return of PDM, the transmitter will step to the next lower power. This Automatic Cutback ac­tion can continue until the transmitter cy­cles all the way OFF, or the current drops below a safe value.
Check the Supply Current Set reading on the Multimeter to be sure it is at a normal value as indicated on the factory test data sheet. This reading should not change un­lessa change has been made to theoverload adjustment.
Check the actions of the PA AMPS and Power Output meters at turn on. If they deflectupwardsat turn on, it isevidentthere is current actually flowing in the PA.
Check the PDM Power Level reading on the Multimeter.If the Multimeter is pinned, there is a problem on the Controller. Refer to Section J concerning troubleshooting of the Controller. If the PDM Power Level reading is okay, the problem is in the PDM system.
4.7.3.2. PDM Generator Outputs High
Check the outputs of the PDM Generator at the right side of R45, R46, R62, and R63 with a scope or voltmeter. If any of the outputs are continuously high (12 to 14 volts) a PDM Generator problem is indi­cated. You may also isolate the problem by disconnecting the output (P2) from the PDM Generator. Refer to the troubleshoot­ing procedures in Section F on the PDM Generatorif the resultsindicatetheproblem resides there.
4.7.3.3. PDM Amplifier Shorts
If the Outputs of the PDM Generator are okay, there may be some short(s) on the PDM Amplifiers. Observe the PDM Fault
sensing LEDS on the front panel, and refer to Section G, Troubleshooting the PDM Amplifiers.
4.7.3.4. Supply Current Calibration
If you havejust installed a newController board, the Supply Current calibration may have been overlooked. Check this, per the procedure outlined in Section J on the Con­troller.
Check the Supply Current Set reading on theMultimeter.Itwouldneedtobeadjusted only if you have just installed a new Con­troller board.
Also check the condition of the power supply current shunt resistor A19R7, lo­cated on the right side wall above the PDM Filter boards. Loose hardware or an open shunt wire would result in Supply Current overloads.
4.7.4. Random Supply Current Over-
loads With Modulation
4.7.4.1. Sub-audible Signals
Random Power Supply current overloads are most likely caused by significant levels of sub-audible signals on the transmitter audio input. The GATES Seriesof trans­mitters and some modern day audio equip­ment can pass sub-audible signals. Check your audio sources and the setup of your audio processing.
4.7.5. Underdrive Fault
4.7.5.1. Low/No Drive
Check the RF Drive reading on the Mul­timeter. If lowor zero, thereis a problem in the RF Drive system.
Oscillator Output. Having no RF drive could be caused by failed RF Oscillator.
Check the status of the green RF Output LED on the Oscillator board. If it is not lit, refer to Section A, Troubleshooting the RF Oscillator.
4.7.5.2. IPA and PA Transistors
Another cause for low/no drive may be failed IPA transistors, abnormally low IPA supply voltage, or several shorted PA tran­sistors. Refer to Sections B and C covering the IPA and PA.
4.7.6. VSWR Overload- Continuous
VSWR Cycling
4.7.6.1. Bad Load Impedance
Continuous VSWR cycling resulting in the Automatic Cutback operation indicates a severe change in the impedance into which the PA is operating. The transmitter will probably stay on at a reduced power, but the VSWR Detector Null reading will be high, depending upon the extent of the problem.
4-2 888-2314-001 Rev. T: Jan. 1996
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 37
Isolate the problem further as outlined below. If a change in antenna impedance is indicated, it may bedueto a failed capacitor or other change in the antenna system. Whether to re-tune the transmitter should dependonthe extentandnatureoftheprob­lem.
If there is a change in antenna impedance due to a change in ground conductivity (re­sulting from rain), it would be permissible to re-tune the transmitter to match it to the new load impedance.
However, if the impedance change is due to a failing capacitor in the antenna system, it would be best to avoid readjusting the transmitter tuning. Re-tuning the transmit­ter to match the failing part would probably accelerate the failure.
4.7.6.2. Antenna Problem
Connect t he transmitter into a dummy load if one is available to determine if the faultiswiththeantennasystemorthetrans­mitter. If the antennasystem is a directional array, the VSWR problem may be found to be peculiar to one attenna pattern only.
4.7.6.3. Output Network
Afaultycapacitoror broken connectionin the Output Network may be the cause if the transmitter also does not operate properly into a dummy load. A thorough inspection ofthe Output Network may revealthe prob­lem. Look for any loose or burned connec­tions,and any physicalsignsof stressonany of the capacitors.
WARNING
REMOVE ALL AC POWER AND DIS­CHARGE ALL POINTS WHERE RESID­UAL VOLTAGE MAY REMAIN BEFORE PERFORMING AN INSPECTION OF THE OUTPUT NETWORK.
WARNING
THE VSWR PROTECTION CIRCUIT SHOULD NEVER BE DEFEATED AS A MEANSOFGETTINGTHETRANSMITTER BACK ON THE AIR.
4.7.7. VSWR Trips With High Levels
Of Modulation and High Power
4.7.7.1. Improper Tuning and Loading
If this problem is encountered in the first hours of operation, there may be a setup problem. Refer to the initial turn on proce­dure and maintenance section where PA Tuning and PA Loading are described.
Check the VSWR Detector Null reading on the Multimeter. This reading should be zero. An increase in the VSWR Detector Null reading would indicate that the load
impedancehas changedfromthe initialtune up or that the transmitter tuning or loading has changed (either through front panel ad­justment or by a failure of an Output Net­work component).
4.7.7.2. Antenna
Ifadummy load is available,try operating the transmitter into it. There should be no significant Detector Null reading when op­erating into the dummy load, assuming the antenna impedance is close to the dummy load impedance. If the VSWR Detector Null reading reads upscale, there is prob­ably a problem in the antenna system.
4.7.7.3. Output Network
If the VSWR problem still exists when operating into the dummy load, there may be a faulty capacitor or connection in the transmitter’s Output Network. Check the output spark gap on top of the Loading control to see ifit is shorted,and C3 and C4 in the Output Network. These are the com­ponents which would affect the impedance seen by the VSWR Detector.
WARNING
THE VSWR PROTECTION CIRCUIT SHOULD NEVER BE DEFEATED AS A MEANSOFGETTINGTHETRANSMITTER BACK ON THE AIR.
4.8. Symptom: Remote Control
Functions Do Not Work
4.8.1. Possible Causes
4.8.1.1. Remote/Local Switch
Check to see that the REMOTE/LOCAL switch on the Controller is in the REMOTE position.
4.8.1.2. Remote Control Improperly Wired
Review the installation instructions in Section II. Each remote control input of the transmitter is activated by a momentaryclo­sure to ground.
4.8.1.3. Remote Control Unit Not Func-
tioning
Check the remote unit to see that it is providing closures to the transmitter. You might use a clip lead to momentarily pro­vide the contact closures at the remote con­trol unit to see which piece of equipment is at fault.
4.8.1.4. Ribbon Connectors Loose
Ensure that the ribbon connectors on the Interface board and the Controller are fully seated.
There may be a failed optical isolator on theControllerboard.Refertothe Controller troubleshooting procedures in Section J.
4.9. Causes for a PA Volts/PA
Amps Ratio Change
This discussion covers causes which might not be apparent based on front panel indications and readings.
4.9.1. No +20 Volts to PDM Amplifier
Loss of the +20 volt supply to a PDM Amplifier should cause one or more PDM FaultLEDsto illuminate. Tobe certain this is not the problem, measure the voltage on the fuses on each PDM Amplifier to make sure+20Vdc ispresent. If not, trace +20Vdc back to its origin via the Interface board.
4.9.2. Impedance Change
The Output network can cause a change in the PAVolts toAMPSratio.The PAvolts to PAAMPS ratio is affectedby the imped­ance seen by the PA module. If the imped­ance seen by the PA module changes, whetherfroman antenna impedanceshiftor fromadjusting the frontpanelTUNING and LOADING controls, the PA VOLTS/PA AMPS ratio willbe affected. Small changes will only cause a ratio change. Large changes will cause VS WR overloads. Check the Detector Null reading on the multimeter. It should be zero.
If the Detector Null reading is zero, but you suspect an Output Network failure, it will be in the L1/C1 and L2/C2 sections. This circuitry is ahead of the VSWR sens­ing.
A failure of C1 will shift the PA Tuning. RotatethePA TuningcontroltopeakthePA current. The PA Amps should peak within threesmalldivisionsonthePA Ampsmeter. If the PA Tuning has to be changed by a considerableamount topeakthePAcurrent, it is indicated that there is a problem with L1/C1. Inspect the C1 capacitors for any physical signs of stress.
A failure of C2 will shift the PA load resistance. Youcan measure the impedance looking into the Output Network to deter­mine if there is a problem withL2/C2. This is done by connecting anRFbridge in place of the A1 output connection. An RF resis­tance significantly different than the test datavaluefor CombinerLoadImpedance wouldbean indicationofanL2/C2 problem if the impedance at the back end of L2 is verified to be 50 ohms j0.
The parallel resonant frequency of L2/C2 may also be checked per the procedure in Section III (Maintenance).
4.9.3. PA Failure
Although a rare condition, an open PA transistor could cause a ratio change with­outblowingtheassociatedfuse.Onewayto isolate this problem wouldbe to disconnect PA transistor pairs by removing fuses to see
Rev. T: Jan. 1996 888-2314-001 4-3
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 38
if one particular pair is not drawing any current.
WARNING
TURN THE TRANSMITTER OFF DISCON­NECT PRIMARY POWER AND DIS­CHARGE ALL HIGH VOLTAGE COMPO­NENTS B EFOR E REMOVING A FUSE FROM A PA BOARD.
Pulling one fuse at a time to observe its affect on the transmitter operation is one way to isolate a non-working amplifier. If no change is observed after removing a particular fuse, then it is apparent that you have isolated a bad amplifier.
Another approach is to removetransistors to test them out of circuit as described in the sectiononthePA modules.However, do not operate the transmitter with any transistors removed.
4.10. Troubleshooting AM Noise
When troubleshooting a noise problem, it is important to know the level and fre­quencyof the noise.Knowingthe frequency of the noise, it is possible to isolate the source. The frequency of the noise may be determined by connecting an oscilloscope to the output of most distortion analyzers. The scope display will be the total noise. Measure the period of the noise with the highest amplitude to determine the domi­nant noise component.
An alternate method of determining the noise frequency is by tuning a distortion analyzer to it. A fully automatic distortion analyzer cannot be used in this way. While measuring the noise, switch the analyzer to the THD mode. Then tune the frequency of the analyzer for a dip in the meter reading on the analyzer. Depending on the number of significant noise frequencies affecting the total noise figure, there may be more than one dip in the analyzer reading. Fre­quency of the noise may be read from the analyzerfrequencysettings.Anaudiospec­trum analyzer may also be used for deter­mining both noise frequency and amplitude.
A listening test could be misleading since the dominant noise component may actu-
ally be above or below the range of the receiver or human hearing. Following are some hints on solving various noise prob­lems. These are categorized according to frequency.
4.10.1. 50/60 Hz
This is a power line frequency and is not usuallyasignificantnoise component in the GATES Seriestransmitter, due to the de­sign of the power supplies. If investigating a 50/60 Hz noiseproblem,firstexaminethe audio input wiring and make a measure­ment with the audio cable going directly from the audio generator to the transmitter input terminals. This will eliminate any ef­fectsofthepatchpanelwiring or noise from other audio equipment in the system.
4.10.2. Audio Lines are Normally Balanced
That is, the audio line current does not flow in ground. Grounding of either side of the audio connectors can sometimes result in noise. If it is determined that the 50/60 Hz noise is actually generated in the trans­mitter, a bad rectifier i s suspected. The dominant noise frequencyof a single phase fullwaverectifiedpowersupplyisnormally twice t he power line frequency.
WARNING
ENSURE ALL VOLTAGE HAS BEEN RE­MOVEDAND THE SHORTINGSTICK HAS BEENUSEDTOREMOVEANYRESIDUAL VOLTAGES BEFORE MEASURING THE RESISTANCE OF ANY RECTIFIERS.
Use an ohmmeter to check each of the rectifier diodes in the HV supply A19CR1, A19CR2,A19CR3,A19CR4(alsoA19CR5 and A19CR6 if 3 phase supplied). Also check the block type rectifier bridge (A20CR1) in the +/-20 volt supply.
Anopenrectifierwouldalsoresultina decrease in supply voltage. Also use an oscilloscope to look for any evidence of 50/60 Hz noise in the power supplies. +/-20 volts and a high voltage supply sample ap­pear on the PDM Generator, A15. +/-20 voltsisatthefusesofthePDMGenerator and the high voltage supply sample is at J1-7.
4.10.3. 100/120Hz
This is the p rinciple noisefrequencyofall the low level supplies. If 100/120Hz noise isgeneratedinthe3-phaseversion,youwill also need to look for an imbalance having to do with the 3 phase power supply.
Check the balance of the 3-phase AC pri­mary power by using an AC voltmeter.Use caution in this measurement and be sure to measure between all AC legs.
It may also be necessary to check the high voltagerectifiersand interconnecting wires for l oose or open connections.
4.10.4. 300/360Hz
In the standard GATES FIVE, which uses a 3-phase HV supply, the principle power supply noise component is 300/360Hz. High noise of this frequency may indicate openfiltercapacitorsoropenanconnection inthehighvoltagesupply.Anotherpossible cause is a failure in the noise cancellation circuit (U15) on the PDM Generator.
4.10.5. 60 kHz
This can only show up in a wideband audio noise measurement or as a spurious emission 60 kHz above or below the trans­mitter operating frequency. This could be caused by a significant imbalance in the operation of the Polyphase system. Check the PDM Fault indicators to see if any are lit.
If any are lit, it will be necessary to trou­bleshoot the PDM Generator (A15) or the PDM Am plifiers (A6 thru A9) for pulse width imbalance. A failure of a PDM Am­plifier will also cause a substantial change in power output.
4.10.6. RFI Noise on Audio
Check the audio wiring to the transmitter for proper grounding of the shield at the Interfaceboard. Also makesurethatneither audio conductor is grounded. Grounding of either side of an audio line takes away com­mon mode rejection, which is essential in preventing this type of noise.
The GATES Seriestransmitter is de­signed with extensive RFI filtering on the audio input circuitry and furthermore has a solid state instrumentation input circuit with high common mode rejection.
4-4 888-2314-001 Rev. T: Jan. 1996
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 39
SECTION V
TRANSMITTER OVERALL
5.1. Introduction
This section of the maintenance manual will present the principles of operation for the individual sections of the GATES Se­riesAM Transmitter. Included will be information on AC Power Flow, RF Power Flow, and miscellaneous parts of transmit­ter not covered in sections A through K.
5.2. Personnel Protection
Extensive interlocking and safety switcheshavebeen provided on these trans­mitters because of the low impedance high currentcapabilitiesof these power supplies. The rear access panel to these transmitters areprovidedwith threesafetyswitches.The first safety switch is operated by asmall pin protruding through a hole. As you start to remove the rear panel, the interlock inter­rupts the control voltage to the primary contactors allowing them to de-energize.
Upon further removal of the rear panel, a HV discharge switch will discharge the en­ergy storage capacitors through large resis­tors for current limiting. Upon opening the rear panel even further, a switch also oper­ated by the rear panel shorts the power supply discharging the voltage remaining on the filter capacitors.
WARNING
THE NORMAL PROCEDURE IN TRANS­MITTER TURN OFF SHOULD BE FOL­LOWEDINDE-ENERGIZINGTHISTRANS­MITTER. TURN OFF THE HIGH VOLTAGE BY DEPRESSING THE OFF BUTTON. IF YOU MUST ENTER THE TRANSMITTER, SET THE REMOTE/LOCAL SWITCH ON THE CONTROLLER BOARD TO LOCAL AND ALLOW THE POWER SUPPLY TO DISCHARGE AS INDICATED BY THE FRONT PANEL METERS. REMOVE THE REAR PANEL SLOWLY TO ALLOW THE INITIALRESISTORDISCHARGE MECHA­NISM TO FUNCTION. UPON OPENING THE REAR PANEL FURTHER THE POWER SUPPLY WILL BE SHORTED TO GROUND AND MADE SAFE. A GROUND­ING STICK IS PROV IDED IN THE TRANS­MITTERTOASSURE THATALL VOLTAGE HAS BEEN REMOVED UNDER FAULT CONDITIONS.
If the above warning is not heeded sub­stantial damage may be done to circuit card foil,grounding switches, and the capacitors themselves. Always allow the voltage to be discharged prior to opening the rear panel. Ifimmediateaccessisanabsolutenecessity, it is recommended that the high voltage be
turned off, the rear panel be opened ap­proximately 2 inches and be allowed to remain in this position for 2 seconds before being opened further.
5.3. Principles Of Operation
5.3.1. FETSintheGATESSeries
All of the FETsusedintheGATESSe­riesoperate in a switching mode of op­eration. In a switching mode, the FETsare either completely ON or completely OFF. The type of FETsusedintheGATESSe­riestransmitters are well suited for this application because they have a very low and consistent ON resistance, very high OFF resistance, and very fast switching times.The benefit of these characteristics is high efficiency and excellant modulation linearity.
5.3.2. PDM Theory In Brief
Pulse Duration Modulation (PDM) is a high efficiency type of modulator system whereinthemodulatoroperatesin a switch­ing mode. Since the FET’shaveverylow ON resistance, very high OFF resistance, and very fast switching times, the modula­tor efficiency is relatively high.
The b asic makeup of the modulator sys­tem used in the GATES Seriestransmit­ters is with the PA, the PDM filter, and the PDM Amplifiers in series. The PDM Am­plifierspurpose is to switch the PDM Filter inputs to ground at a 60 kHz rate. For the sakeofunderstanding,a relay could beused for this purpose if it could switch at a 60 kHz rate.
The PDM Filter, which is between the PDM Amplifiers and PA, removes the switching frequency so that the signal pro­vided to the PA is high level DC and audio.
ThepercentageoftimethatthePDM Am­plifiersare ON varies with changes in pulse width or duty cycle. This change in duty cycleis what causesa change in PAvoltage, and is howthe PAis modulated. The higher thePDMdutycycle, thehighertheresulting PA voltage.
The voltage for the PA is the difference betweenthe high voltage supply (about 260 volts)and the output of the PDM Filter. For anormalfull power,unmodulatedcondition the PDM Filter Outputs will be 100 to 105 volts less than the high voltage supply.
On 100 percent negative modulation peaks, the PDM Amplifiers cease to con­ductandthere will be no voltagedifferential across the PA (zero PA volts).
On the highest positive modulation peaks, the PAvoltagemay reach the 260 volt level if the PDM duty cycle reaches 100 percent.
5.3.3. Polyphase Theory
One inherent drawback to single phase PDM relates to the amount of filtering that is required to remove the PDM switching frequency. Considerable filtering is re­quired to prevent spurious signals from be­ing transmitted. With inadequate filtering, there would be spurious signals above and belowcarrier,spaced bythePDM switching frequency.
However, a large amount of filtering will also limit the transient response and modu­lation density of the transmitter. This is most noticeable when modulating with a square waveor with the a udio heavilyproc­essed. False modulation peaks can occur due to effects of the filtering.
Polyphase PDM was created as a means of achieving the benefits of PDM without the m odulation overshoot problems associ­ated with PDM filtering.
In Polyphase PDM, the frequency of the PDM is effectively multiplied by the numberofPDMphases.Thisisvery similar to power supplies with multiple phases of rectification. A basic half wave supply op­eratingon60Hzwillhavearipplefre­quency of 60 Hz. A full wave supply operating on 60 Hz will have a ripple fre­quency of 120 Hz. A three phase full wave supplyoperatingon 60Hzwill have aripple frequency of 360 Hz.
As with multi-phase power supplies, Polyphase PDM requires less filtering to removetheripple.InthecaseoftheGATES Series, there are four PDM phases of 6 0 kHz each. The effect of this is a PDM fre­quency of 240 kHz. Therefore, the PDM filtering is designed to attenuate 240 kHz instead of 60 kHz. This degree of filtering ensures excellent transient response.
5.3.4. Audio/PDM Signal Flow
Refer to the PDM Flow diagram.
The audio input signal is applied to the PDM Gen erator, which generates four phases of 60 kHz pulse width modulated signals. These signals are about 13 to 14 voltspeak to peak. For furtherdiscussionon the operation of the PDM Generator, refer to section F.
The outputs of the PDM Generator are routed to the PDM Amplifiers. The PDM Amplifiers produce switching of the low side of the PA modules through the PDM
Rev. T: Jan. 1996 888-2314-001 5-1
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 40
5-2 888-2314-001 Rev. T: Jan. 1996
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Figure 5-1. PDM Flow Diagram
Page 41
Filters. For further discussion on the opera­tionof the PDM Amplifiers, referto section G.
The positivesupply inputs of the PA mod­ules are connected directly to the 260 volt supply. The PA voltageis then increasedby pulling the low side of t he PA toward ground, and decreased by letting the low side increase up to the same potential as the high side (about 260 volts). The PDM am­plifiers do this by varying their conduction duty cycle.
PDM Amplifiers A6 and A7 provide out­put for PA modules A1 and A4 (A4 is not included in a GATES ONE).
PDM Amplifiers A8 and A9 provide out­put for A2 and A3 (GATESFIVE only).
5.3.5. PDM Loop
Refer to the PDM Loop diagram. This shows the current paths for one specific PDM amplifier circuit and the relationship between the PDM, the PA, and the meter­ing.
The drive signal from the PDM Generator drives the PDM Amplifier transistors (Q19 and Q20) into switching operation via a drivercircuit on the PDM Amplifier.
During the ON portion of the 60 kHz pulse, these transistors provide a low resis­tance path for the PDM Filter to ground. Current flows from ground, through Q19 and Q20, the fuses, the PDM Filter,and the PA.
During the 60 kHz OFF cycleof the PDM Amplifier transistors, current continues to flow in the PAbecause of the stored energy in the PDM filtering. On the input side of thePDMfilter,thevoltagerisesduetothe collapsingfield around thePDMFiltercoils (otherwise known as flyback). This flyback voltage then creates current flow in the damper diode circuit.
The purpose of the damper diode is to absorb the voltage overshoots by conduct­ing them back into the high voltage supply. The PA voltage is varied by the modulator (PDM) section. This is done by varying the low side of the PA with respect to ground.
Each PA transistor pair produces a square waveinpeak to peak amplitude equal tothe PA voltage.
Each half of a PA Quad operates 180 degrees out of phase, and provides this dif­ferentialtotheprimaryof the toroidal trans­formers. The secondaries of the toroidal transformers are connected in series to the input of the Output Network.
ThePA Voltage is meteredfromthe output of the PDM Filter (or low side of the PA) to the 260 volt supply (high side of the PA). The PA Current is metered in line with the 260 volt line to the PA modules.
The Power Supply Current is metered in
the return side of the 260 volt supply.
Supply current is less than PAcurrent as a function of the PDM duty cycle. Supply current is metering of the current out of the 260 volt power supply, and PA current is metering of the current actually flowing in the PA.
5.3.6. RF Power Flow
The transmitters carrier frequency origi­nates from the Oscillator (A16). The output signal drives the Intermediate Power Am­plifier (IPA, A5) with 1 to 2 watts of carrier power. The output square waveofthe oscil­lator board is about 16V p-p typically.
The IPAamplifiesthe carrier signal to the 100-200 watt level and provides the Power Amplifiermodules(A1andA4) with its RF drive.The output of the IPA goes to the IPA Output Network A26, which is a series tuned LC filter.This filter is tuned to series resonance and attenuates the harmonics of the IPA drive signal so that a sinusoidal waveform of the carrier frequency appears at the input of the PA modules. The IPA Output Network is connected to the PA modulesby the Splitter boardwhichdistrib­utes the RF drive through a separate multi­coax cable to the PA modules.
The RF is then amplified and modulated on the PA modules. The PA Toroid boards (A1A1 and A1A4) combine the RF power from the individual amplifiers on the PA modulesand connecttotheOutput Network (A21).
For a discussion on the theory and setup of the output network, refer to S ection D.
5.3.7. Failsafe
The fail-safe interlock, the rear panel in­terlock switches, the Airflow Sensor, and the Phase Loss Monitor are in series with thestartcontactorcoil(K1).If therearpanel interlock is broken the main contactors will drop out thereby removing high voltage powerfrom the transmitter. The transmitter will not comeon if the rear panel interlocks are broken or if the external interlock is broken.No visible indication is provided to display an open interlock, except that the PDM Kill LED will be lit along with the selected power level LED.
5.3.8. AC Power Flow
Primary power for the high voltage cir­cuits enters thetransmitter at TB1 terminals 1,2, and 3. Itisthenfed inparallelto A19K1 and A19K2. Step start action is obtained by first energizing relay A19K1. This action suppliestheprimarypowerthrough the step start resistors A19R1, A19R2, and A19R3 to transformer A19T1. When relay A19K2
is energized,it shorts out step-start resistors and supplies full AC power to transformer A19T1. This action result in two clunks producedbythecontactorsduring transmit­ter turn on.
Singlephase ACpowerforthelow voltage circuits enters the transmitter at TB1 termi­nals5and6.Itisthenfedtocircuitbreaker A20CB1. When A20CB1 is set to ON, the load side of A20CB1 supplies AC power to A20T1 which is thelow voltage powersup­ply transformer.
5.3.9. High Voltage Power Supply
5.3.9.1. Introduction
The GATES SeriesAM transmitters contain power supplies with very low im­pedance and high current capabilities with large amounts of stored energy.
WARNING
DUE TO THE LARGE CURRENT CAPA­BILITIES OF THESE POWER SUPPLIES UNDER SHORT CIRCUIT CONDITIONS EXTREME CAUTION SHOULD EXHIB­ITED WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING AND WORKING AROUND THIS TRANSMIT­TER.ALWAYS DISCONNECT POWER BE­FORE OPENING COV ER, REAR PANEL, ENCLOSURES, PANELS OR SHIELDS. ALWAYS USE G ROUNDING STICKS AND SHORTOUT HIGH VOLTAGE POINTS BE­FORE SERVICING. ENSURE DUST, DIRT AND CHIPS ARE REMOVEDFROMCABI­NET BEFORE POWER SUPPLY OPERA­TION IS STARTED. NEVER MAKE INTER­NAL ADJUSTMENTS, PERFORM MAIN­TENANCE, OR SERVICE WHEN ALONE ORWHENTIRED.
The purpose of the High Voltage Power Supply is to supply the high voltage for operationofthe poweramplifierandmodu­lator circuitry.
The main high voltage transformer is in­stalled in the bottom of the cabinet with the associated rectifiers on the wall directly beside the transformer.
5.3.9.2. Description
The GATES Seriestransmitter use full wave bridge rectification. The rectified voltage is capacitive filtered and no series inductive choke is used. Resistors are con­nected directly across the terminals of each capacitor to provide slow discharge of a capacitor in case the capacitor should not get discharged by normal means.
Some transient protection is provided by MOV’s (Metal Oxide Varistor) located at the AC input and across the secondary ter­minals of the transformers. The purpose of these devices is to clamp the secondary voltageat some voltageinexcess of normal
Rev. T: Jan. 1996 888-2314-001 5-3
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 42
5-4 888-2314-001 Rev. T: Jan. 1996
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Figure 5-2. PDM Loop
Page 43
Rev. T: Jan. 1996 888-2314-001 5-5
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Figure 5-3. RF Flow
Page 44
operating voltage in case of a high voltage transient coming in the AC power line.
It is recommended that spare MOVsof the appropriate size becarried as spare parts for each transmitter.If severe transient con­ditionsexiston thepowerline and the MOV fails frequently other transient suppression means should be utilized to eliminate this problem.
The three phase input to the transmitter in the standard GATESFIVEis monitored for correct phase and amplitude. This helps to protect the three phase transformer from damage due to a severe phase imbalance (or loss). This detector monitors all three lines of ACand provides a contact closure when theACiscorrectforoperation.Thiscontact closure is wired in series with the cabinet interlock.
The negative side of the high voltage power supply is returned to cabinet ground through a shunt resistor A19R7 which is used to measure power supply current.
The positive voltage is applied to the PA modules via connections at the PA Current shunt A19R6.
The supply voltage is set by the primary taps of A19T1 to allow line voltage adjust­ment from 197 volts to 251 volts with 11 volt steps.
During the turn on sequence resistors are connected in series with the primary of the highvoltagetransformertolimitthecapaci­tor charging current to a safe value. When the primary voltage builds up to a near normal level, the Run contactor,K2, closes and allows full voltage to be applied to the primary of the transformer.
5.3.10. Low Voltage Power Supply and
IPA Power Supply
5.3.10.1. Introduction
The purpose of the low voltage power supply is to providea +/-20 volts supply for all control and driver functions in the trans­mitter.The Low Voltage Supply is not regu­lated, however individual boards that require regulation will do on-board regula­tion for 15 and 12 volt applications. The Low Voltage Supply provides 60 to 120 VDC to the IPA module.
5.3.10.2. Description
The IPA and +/-20 volt power supply transformeris A20T1.Ithas 208/240 inputs plus taps for +/-11 volt variations to com­pensate for AC line variations. The low voltagesecondary of the transformer is cen­ter tapped with two MOVs(MetalOxide Varistor) across the secondary terminals for transient protection the same as on the high voltage power supply.
The center tap of the low voltage secon­dary is grounded and full wave rectifier diodes rectify each half of the secondary voltage to produce +20 volts at 2 amps maximum and -20 volts at 2 amps maxi­mum.
TheIPA portion of A20T1 secondary con­sists of a common tap plus 5 taps to provide a range of voltages to control the proper RF drive level to the PA modules.
The low voltage power supply is not step/started and is on whenever AC power is applied to the transmitter. If the circuit breaker in the base of the cabinet is ON the pilot light on the front panel in the base of the cabinet will be illuminated.
Since this is a low voltage power supply, there are no interlocks on the rear panel controlling this power supply.
5.3.11. Airflow Sensor
5.3.11.1. Introduction
An air flow sensor circuit, located in the air inlet for both fans, provides protection against a fan failure by sensing wind chill. If a fan fails, the lack of wind chill is de­tected, and the transmitter shuts down. An audible alarm sounds to signify a fan fail­ure.
5.3.11.2. Description
The function of the Air Flow sensor is based on a comparison of voltage outputs from individual temperature sensing de­vices.One sensing device (U3) is unheated, such that it samples the ambient tempera­ture. There are two other sensors (U2 and U4); one for each fan, and they are heated by resistors R2 and R1, respectively.
If a fan stops running, the corresponding heated sensor increases in temperature, whereas the ambient sensor is unaffected. As the heated sensor increases in tempera­ture, the voltage difference climbs. When the pre-determin ed threshold is crossed, comparator U1 triggers, and closes the on­board relay, K1. Contacts of this relay in­terrupt the contactor coil circuit (K1 in the AC drawer). At the same time, the relay providesvoltage to the audible warning de­vice and the red led, DS1. Also, the status of the remote contacts change position.
As soon as relay K1 closes, power for the heated sensors is removed. This allows them to cool down so that you may restart the transmitter.
5-6 888-2314-001 Rev. T: Jan. 1996
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 45
Section VI
Parts List
Introduction
This section of the technical manual contains a list of the replaceable parts for the GATES SeriesAM TRANSMITTER.
Replaceable Parts List Index
Table 6-1. GATES ONE ..........................9949202002 6-2
Table6-2. BASICGATESONE.....................9949202001 6-3
Table6-3. GATESONEFINALPARTS.................9928149001 6-3
Table6-4. GATESONECONVPARTS ................9928158001 6-4
Table 6-5. GATES TWO ..........................9949203002 6-5
Table6-6. BASICGATESTWO.....................9949203001 6-6
Table6-7. GATESTWOFINALPARTS ................9928149002 6-6
Table6-8. GATESTWOCONVPARTS ................9928159001 6-7
Table 6-9. GATES FIVE, 1PH .......................9949204002 6-8
Table6-10. BASICGATESFIVE1PH..................9949204001 6-9
Table6-11. GATESFIVE1PHCONVPARTS..............9928160001 6-10
Table6-12. GATESFIVE1PHUNIQUEPTS ..............9928291001 6-11
Table 6-13. GATES FIVE, 3PH .......................9949205002 6-11
Table6-14. BASICGATESFIVE3PH..................9949205001 6-12
Table6-15. GATESFIVE3PHCONVPARTS..............9928161001 6-12
Table 6-16. BASIC GATES SERIES XMTR ................9928143001 6-14
Table6-17. AIRFLOWSENSOR.....................9929146001 6-17
Rev.AD1: 1/15/02 888-2314-001 6-1
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 46
Table 6-1. GATES ONE - 994 9202 002
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (N)
494 0378 000. . . .. . CHOKE 0.33UH10% 780MA. . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A01L14 A01L15 A01L24A01L25 A01L34A01L35 A01L44A01L45 FREQ
DET
4940399000...... CHOKERF12.0UH................... 0.0EA A18A1L3FREQDET
4940401000...... CHOKERF18.0UH................... 0.0EA A18A1L2A18A1L3FREQDET
500 0755 000. . . . . . CAP, MICA, 270PF 500V5%. . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A18A1C10 FREQ DET
500 0835 000. . . . . . CAP, MICA, 470PF 500V5%. . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A18A1C10 FREQ DET
5000841000...... CAP,750PF300V5% ................. 0.0EA A18A1C10FREQDET
500 0844 000. . . . . . CAP, MICA,1000PF 100V 5%. . . . . . . . .. . 0.0 EA A18A1C10FREQDET
500 0883 000. . . . . . CAP, MICA, 4700PF 500V5%. . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A01C10A01C15 A01C20 A01C25A01C30 A01C35 A01C40 A01C45
FREQ DET
504 0239 000. . . . . . CAP 2200PF6KV 5% (291).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03
504 0240 000. . . . . . CAP 2700PF6KV 5% (291).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03
504 0243 000. . . . . . CAP 4700PF6KV 5% (291).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02
504 0244 000. . . . . . CAP 5100PF4KV 5% (291).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02
504 0256 000. . . . . . CAP 1000PF6KV 5% (291).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03
504 0267 000. . . . . . CAP 2000PF5KV 5% (272).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C04
504 0270 000. . . . . . CAP 7500PF4KV 5% (291).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02
504 0354 000. . . . . . CAP 5100PF10KV 5% (293). . . . . . . . . .. . 0.0 EA A21C01 FREQ DET
504 0368 000. . . . . . CAP 3000PF3 KV 5% (272) . . . . . . . . . .. . 0.0 EA A21C04
504 0372 000. . . . . . CAP 5600PF4KV 5% (291).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02
504 0379 000. . . . . . CAP 4300PF12KV (293) .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C01
504 0382 000. . . . . . CAP 2400PF12KV 5% (293). . . . . . . . . .. . 0.0 EA A21C01 FREQ DET
504 0384 000. . . . . . CAP 3900PF3KV 5% (272).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C04
504 0396 000. . . . . . CAP 6200PF4KV 5% (291).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02
504 0410 000. . . . . . CAP 1200PF6KV 5% (291).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03A21C04
504 0411 000. . . . . . CAP 1600PF6KV 5% (291).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03
504 0418 000. . . . . . CAP 2700PF 12KV 5% (293) .. . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C01FREQ DET
504 0419 000. . . . . . CAP 3300PF 12KV 5% (293) .. . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C01FREQ DET
504 0420 000. . . . . . CAP 3900PF 12KV 5% (293) .. . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C01FREQ DET
504 0424 000. . . . . . CAP 2000PF6KV 5% (291).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03
504 0430 000. . . . . . CAP 8200PF4KV 5% (291).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02
504 0431 000. . . . . . CAP 9100PF4KV 5% (291).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02
504 0432 000. . . . . . CAP 11,000PF4KV 5%(291) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02
504 0433 000. . . . . . CAP 3600PF12KV 5% (293). . . . . . . . . .. . 0.0 EA A21C01 FREQ DET
504 0435 000. . . . . . CAP 5600PF10KV 5% (293). . . . . . . . . .. . 0.0 EA A21C01 FREQ DET
5040437000...... CAP7500PF10KV5% ................ 0.0EA A21C01
504 0442 000. . . . . . CAP 13,000PF3KV 5%(291) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02
504 0443 000. . . . . . CAP 18,000PF2KV 5%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02
504 0444 000. . . . . . CAP 12,000PF3KV 5%(291) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02
504 0445 000. . . . . . CAP 16,000PF3KV 5%(291) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02
504 0453 000. . . . . . CAP 2400PF6KV 5% (291).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03
504 0463 000. . . . . . CAP 2200PF12KV 5% (293).. . . . . . . . .. . 0.0 EA A21C01
504 0464 000. . . . . . CAP 1300PF5KV 5% (272).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C04
504 0465 000. . . . . . CAP 1500PF5KV 5% (272).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C04
504 0466 000. . . . . . CAP 1600PF5KV 5% (272).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C04
504 0467 000. . . . . . CAP 1800PF5KV 5% (272).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C04
504 0468 000. . . . . . CAP 2200PF5KV 5% (272).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C04
504 0469 000. . . . . . CAP 2400PF5KV 5% (272).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C04
504 0470 000. . . . . . CAP 2700PF3KV 5% (272).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C04
504 0471 000. . . . . . CAP 3300PF3KV 5% (272).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C04
504 0472 000. . . . . . CAP 3600PF3KV 5% (272).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C04
504 0473 000. . . . . . CAP 910PF6KV 5%(291). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03
504 0474 000. . . . . . CAP 1100PF6KV 5% (291).. . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03
6-2 888-2314-001 Rev.AD1: 1/15/02
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 47
504 0475 000 .. . . . CAP1300PF6KV 5% (291) . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0EA A21C03
504 0476 000 .. . . . CAP1500PF6KV 5% (291) . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0EA A21C03
504 0477 000 .. . . . CAP1800PF6KV 5% (291) . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0EA A21C03
504 0496 000 .. . . . CAP4700PF10KV 5% (293) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C01
504 0497 000 .. . . . CAP6200PF10KV 5% (293) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C01
504 0498 000 .. . . . CAP6800PF10KV 5% (293) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C01
516 0204 000 .. . . . CAP,RF, 100PF 5KV 10% N750 . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A26C01FREQ DET
516 0205 000 .. . . . *CAP,RF, 500PF 5KV 20% X5T. . . . . . . . . 0.0EA A26C01 FREQDET
516 0819 000 .. . . . CAP,RF, 200PF 5KV 10% N3300 .. . . . . . 0.0 EA A26C01 FREQ DET
8170914253..... STRAP,.020X1.0X6.4IN............. 0.0EA
8170914254..... STRAP,A21L8TOL4................. 0.0EA
817 2131 014 .. . . . FREQ DET CHART, GATES ONE .. . . . . . 0.0EA SEE THIS CHART FOR XMTR FREQ DET PARTS
8397920013..... FAMILYTREE,GATESSERIES......... 0.0EA
9172131034..... KIT,CEMODIFICATION,GATES1...... 0.0EA
9298305546..... XFMRASSY,20TURN................ 0.0EA A26T01
9298305642..... XFMRASSY,17TURN................ 0.0EA A26T01
9298305643..... XFMRASSY,10TURN................ 0.0EA A26T01
9298305750..... XFMRASSY,10TURN................ 0.0EA
939 5695 332 .. . . . COIL, FIXED 20FC2243 . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . 0.0EA A21L08 FREQ DET
9882314002..... DPGATESONE..................... 1.0EA
9890086001..... PKGLISTGATESONEVERT.......... 0.0EA
9890086002..... PKGLISTGATESONEHORZ.......... 0.0EA
9901099001..... R-SK-GATESONE................... 0.0EA
992 6414 001 .. . . . CRYSTAL SELECTION LIST .. . . .. . . . . . 0.0EA A16Y1 OSCIL 1 REQD A17Y1 OSCIL OPTION 1 REQD
9928146002..... OSCILLATORPKG................... 0.0EA A017OPTION
9949202001..... BASICGATESONE.................. 1.0EA
9949238001..... R-BK-GATESSERIES ................ 0.0EA
9949239001..... R-PK-GATESONE................... 0.0EA
Table 6-2. BASIC GATES ONE - 994 9202 001
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (C)
9928143001..... BASICGATESSERIESXMTR.......... 1.0EA
9928149001..... GATESONEFINALPARTS............ 1.0EA
9928158001..... GATESONECONVPARTS............ 1.0EA
9992620001..... HARDWARELIST,BASIC,GATES...... 1.0EA
Table 6-3. GATES ONE FINAL PARTS - 992 8149 001
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (K)
3001629000 ..... SCR,1/4-28X5/16................... 8.0EA
3570092000..... NUT,HEX1/4-20TEFLON............. 1.0EA A21L01
357 0093 000 .. . . . SCREW,1/4-20 X 7/8 FHMS . . . . .. . . . . . 1.0 EA A21L01
3980015000..... FUSE,FASTCART.500A250V ......... 2.0EA
3980016000..... FUSE,FASTCART.750A250V ......... 2.0EA
3980019000..... FUSE,FASTCART2A250V ........... 5.0EA
398 0081 000 .. . . . FUSE,SLOCART2A 250V. . . . . .. . . . . . . 1.0 EA
3980402000..... FUSE,RECTIFIER2A250V............ 4.0EA
3980403000..... FUSE,RECTIFIER3A250V........... 10.0EA
646 1353 000 .. . . . NAMEPLATE, XMTR EQUIPMENT . . . . . . 1.0 EA
817 0914 195 .. . . . STANDOFF,INSULATED1.5LG . . . . . . . . 8.0EA #A21C01 #A21C03
8170914204..... STRAP,CAPTAPPING ............... 4.0EA #A26C01
8298305616..... STRAP,A26L2TOA26C1 ............. 1.0EA
8298305690..... STRAP,A21C1TOL2................. 1.0EA #A21L02
Rev.AD1: 1/15/02 888-2314-001 6-3
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 48
8298305719...... ANGLE,A21C1MTG.................. 1.0EA
8395695402...... STRAP,A21L1TOA21C1.............. 1.0EA
8397920048...... STRAP............................. 1.0EA
9298305650...... STRAP,A21C4TOL7................. 1.0EA
9298305687...... BRACKET,CAPMTG ................. 2.0EA #A21C03
9395695403...... ANGLE,A21C1MTG.................. 1.0EA
9433777014...... COIL,FIXED13TURN................. 1.0EA A21L1
943 5450 475. . . . . . CBL, PA DRIVE COAX 44" LG . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA
9947784002...... COILCLIP3/8RIBBON................ 1.0EA #A21L07
9947784003...... COILCLIP1/2RIBBON................ 1.0EA
Table 6-4. GATES ONE CONV PARTS - 992 8158 001
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (Z)
3350227000...... WASHER,INSULATING............... 8.0EA #A19CR1#A19CR2#A19CR3#A19CR4
3350252000...... WASHER,TEFLON................... 4.0EA #A19CR1#A19CR2#A19CR3#A19CR4
3580004000...... BRACKETRESISTORMTG............ 2.0EA #A19R21
3582511000...... STANDOFF,10-32X3/4............... 1.0EA
3582635000...... CABLETIE,PUSHMOUNTSNAPIN..... 2.0EA
3582739000...... PLASTICCAP5/8-24.................. 1.0EA #J001
3583123000...... STUD,BRS10-32X1-1/2.............. 2.0EA
384 0705 000. . . . . . RECT 85A 1000V PIV ESD. . .. . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA A19CR1A19CR2 A19CR3 A19CR4
4721315000...... XMFR,PWR,817-2114-001............. 1.0EA A19T1
516 0200 000. . . . . . CAP, HV25PF 7500V10% .. . . . . .. . . . . . 1.0 EA A18C1
5240178000...... CAP860UF450V .................... 2.0EA A19C1A19C3
6140720000...... *TERMBD6TERM................... 1.0EA TB001
632 1153 000. . . . . . AMMETER, 0-20ADC, 4.5",[W] . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA M003
632 1158 000. . . .. . WATTMETER, 0-1500W,4.5",[W] . . .. . . . . 1.0 EA M004
8135002048...... STDOFF10-32X7/81/2HEX............ 1.0EA
8135007026...... STDOFF6-32X1/21/4DIA.............. 1.0EA
8170914097...... STRAP,RECTIFIERS ................. 2.0EA
8170914261...... SPACER,.75ODX.256IDX1.7........... 2.0EA
8220981011...... COVERPLATE ...................... 3.0EA
8220981012...... COVERPLATE ...................... 1.0EA
8220981013...... COVERPLATE ...................... 1.0EA
8298305026...... ANGLE,DIODE...................... 1.0EA
8298305647...... BRACKETH.V.RECT................. 1.0EA #A19CR1
8298305648...... PLATEH.V.RECT.................... 1.0EA #A19CR1
8298305713...... ADAPTOR,OUTPUTCONN............ 1.0EA #J001
9170914167...... RECEPTACLE,OUTPUTTYPEN........ 1.0EA J001
9170914207...... RES,METERINGSHUNT.............. 1.0EA A19R6
9170914221...... XFMR,PHASEANGLE28T............. 1.0EA A18T1
9172131006...... PHASEANGLEXFMR................. 1.0EA A18T2
9172244001...... SPACER,1.0LG.75DIA............... 3.0EA
9220981079...... SHUNT............................. 1.0EA A19R7
9298305301...... CLAMP,MODIFICATION............... 4.0EA
9397920002...... METERTRIM........................ 1.0EA
9398187001...... INSULATOR,PAMODULE............. 1.0EA #A001
943 5479 024. . . . . . PANEL, REAR ACCESS, GATES ONE. . . . 1.0 EA
9925872006...... *PDMPULLUPBOARD*.............. 2.0EA A6A1A7A1
9925874011...... PWA,PDMFILTER ESDSAFE........ 1.0EA A010
9928227001...... CBLPKGGATESONE................ 1.0EA
6-4 888-2314-001 Rev.AD1: 1/15/02
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 49
Table 6-5. GATES TWO - 994 9203 002
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (N)
494 0378 000 .. . . . CHOKE0.33UH 10% 780MA . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0EA A01L14 A01L15 A01L24 A01L25 A01L34 A01L35A01L44 A01L45
A04L14 A04L15 A04L24 A04L25 A04L34A04L35 A04L44A04L45 FREQ DET
4940399000..... CHOKERF12.0UH................... 0.0EA A18A1L1FREQDET
494 0401 000 .. . . . CHOKERF18.0UH. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0EA A18A1L2 A18A1L3FREQ DET
500 0755 000 .. . . . CAP,MICA, 270PF 500V 5% . .. . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A18A1C10FREQ DET
500 0835 000 .. . . . CAP,MICA, 470PF 500V 5% . .. . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A18A1C10FREQ DET
5000841000..... CAP,750PF300V5%................. 0.0EA A18A1C10FREQDET
500 0844 000 .. . . . CAP,MICA, 1000PF 100V 5% . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A18A1C10 FREQ DET
500 0883 000 .. . . . CAP,MICA, 4700PF 500V 5% . . . .. . . . . . 0.0 EA A01C10 A01C15A01C20 A01C25A01C30 A01C35 A01C40 A01C45
A04C10A04C15 A04C20 A04C25
504 0258 000 .. . . . CAP1000PF20KV 5% (293) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 FREQ DET
504 0274 000 .. . . . CAP1500PF 10KV 5% (292) . . . . .. . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04FREQ DET
504 0353 000 .. . . . CAP3000PF 12KV 5% (293) . . . . .. . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C01 A21C02FREQ DET
504 0354 000 .. . . . CAP5100PF10KV 5% (293) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 FREQ DET
504 0355 000 .. . . . CAP2000PF20KV 5% (294) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C01 FREQ DET
504 0373 000 .. . . . CAP1200PF10KV 5% (292) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0378 000 .. . . . CAP1200PF15KV 5% (293) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 FREQ DET
504 0379 000 .. . . . CAP4300PF12KV (293) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0EA A21C01 FREQDET
504 0382 000 .. . . . CAP2400PF12KV 5% (293) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C01 FREQ DET
504 0383 000 .. . . . CAP1500PF25KV 5% (294) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C01 FREQ DET
504 0388 000 .. . . . CAP3000PF8KV 5% (292) . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0EA A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0417 000 .. . . . CAP910PF 20KV 5% (293) . . .. . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03FREQ DET
504 0418 000 .. . . . CAP2700 PF 12KV 5% (293). .. . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C01 FREQ DET
504 0419 000 .. . . . CAP3300 PF 12KV 5% (293). .. . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C10 FREQ DET
504 0420 000 .. . . . CAP3900 PF 12KV 5% (293). .. . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 FREQ DET
504 0433 000 .. . . . CAP3600PF 12KV 5% (293) . . . . .. . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C01 A21C02FREQ DET
504 0434 000 .. . . . CAP4000PF12KV 5% (293) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C01 FREQ DET
504 0435 000 .. . . . CAP5600PF10KV 5% (293) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 FREQ DET
504 0439 000 .. . . . CAP9100PF8KV 5% (293) . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0EA A21C02 FREQ DET
504 0440 000 .. . . . CAP10,000PF8KV 5% (293) . . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 FREQ DET
504 0441 000 .. . . . CAP11,000PF8KV 5% (293) . . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 FREQ DET
504 0446 000 .. . . . CAP12,000PF5KV 5% (293) . . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 FREQ DET
504 0447 000 .. . . . CAP13,000PF5KV 5% (293) . . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 FREQ DET
504 0448 000 .. . . . CAP16,000PF5KV 5% (293) . . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 FREQ DET
504 0449 000 .. . . . CAP18,000PF5KV 5% (293) . . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 FREQ DET
504 0460 000 .. . . . CAP1100PF20KV 5% (293) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 FREQ DET
504 0461 000 .. . . . CAP1300PF 15KV 5% (293) . . . . .. . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04FREQ DET
504 0463 000 .. . . . CAP2200PF12KV 5% (293) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C01 FREQ DET
504 0478 000 .. . . . CAP1300PF10KV 5% (292) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0479 000 .. . . . CAP1600PF 10KV 5% (292) . . . . .. . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04FREQ DET
504 0480 000 .. . . . CAP1800PF 10KV 5% (292) . . . . .. . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04FREQ DET
504 0481 000 .. . . . CAP2000PF 10KV 5% (292) . . . . .. . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04FREQ DET
504 0482 000 .. . . . CAP2200PF 8KV 5% (292) . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03A21C04 FREQDET
504 0483 000 .. . . . CAP2400PF 8KV 5% (292) . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03A21C04 FREQDET
504 0484 000 .. . . . CAP2700PF 8KV 5% (292) . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03A21C04 FREQDET
504 0485 000 .. . . . CAP3300PF8KV 5% (292) . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0EA A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0486 000 .. . . . CAP3600PF8KV 5% (292) . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0EA A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0487 000 .. . . . CAP3900PF8KV 5% (292) . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0EA A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0492 000 .. . . . CAP1300PF25KV 5% (294) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C01 FREQ DET
504 0494 000 .. . . . CAP1600PF25KV 5% (294) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C01 FREQ DET
504 0495 000 .. . . . CAP1800PF25KV 5% (294) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C01 FREQ DET
516 0204 000 .. . . . CAP,RF, 100PF 5KV 10% N750 . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A26C01FREQ DET
Rev.AD1: 1/15/02 888-2314-001 6-5
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 50
516 0205 000. . . . . . *CAP, RF, 500PF 5KV20% X5T .. . . . . .. . 0.0 EA A26C01 FREQ DET
516 0819 000. . . . . . CAP, RF,200PF 5KV 10% N3300. . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A26C01 FREQ DET
8170914253...... STRAP,.020X1.0X6.4IN ............. 0.0EA
8170914254...... STRAP,A21L8TOL4................. 0.0EA
817 2131 015. . . . . . FREQ DET CHART, GATES TWO . . . . . . . 0.0 EA SEE THIS CHART FOR XMTR FREQ DET PARTS
8397920013...... FAMILYTREE,GATESSERIES......... 0.0EA
917 2131 035. . . .. . KIT, CE MODIFICATION, GATES2. . . . . . . 0.0 EA
9298305546...... XFMRASSY,20TURN................ 0.0EA A26T01
9298305642...... XFMRASSY,17TURN................ 0.0EA A26T01
9298305643...... XFMRASSY,10TURN................ 0.0EA A26T01
9298305750...... XFMRASSY,10TURN................ 0.0EA
9395695332...... COIL,FIXED20FC2243................ 0.0EA A21L08FREQDET
9397920102...... MOUNTINGADAPTER................ 0.0EA BOTTOMOUTPUTADAPTOR
9882314003...... DPGATESTWO ..................... 1.0EA
9890087001...... PKGLISTGATESTWOVERT .......... 0.0EA
9890087002...... PKGLISTGATESTWOHORZ.......... 0.0EA
9901100001...... R-SK-GATESTWO................... 0.0EA
9926414001...... CRYSTALSELECTIONLIST............ 0.0EA A16Y1OSCIL1REQDA17Y1OSCILOPTION1REQD
9928146002...... OSCILLATORPKG................... 0.0EA A017OPTION
9949203001...... BASICGATESTWO .................. 1.0EA
9949238001...... R-BK-GATESSERIES................. 0.0EA
9949240001...... R-PK-GATESTWO................... 0.0EA
Table 6-6. BASIC GATES TWO - 994 9203 001
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (B)
9928143001...... BASICGATESSERIESXMTR.......... 1.0EA
9928149002...... GATESTWOFINALPARTS............ 1.0EA
9928159001...... GATESTWOCONVPARTS............ 1.0EA
Table 6-7. GATES TWO FINAL PARTS - 992 8149 002
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (M)
3001629000...... SCR,1/4-28X5/16 ................... 8.0EA
3001981000...... SCR,3/8-24X1...................... 1.0EA
3570092000...... NUT,HEX1/4-20TEFLON ............. 1.0EA A21L01
3570093000...... SCREW,1/4-20X7/8FHMS............ 1.0EA A21L01
3980015000...... FUSE,FASTCART.500A250V.......... 2.0EA
3980016000...... FUSE,FASTCART.750A250V.......... 2.0EA
3980019000...... FUSE,FASTCART2A250V............ 5.0EA
3980081000...... FUSE,SLOCART2A250V ............. 1.0EA
3980403000...... FUSE,RECTIFIER3A250V ........... 10.0EA
3980435000...... FUSE,RECTIFIER5A250V ............ 8.0EA
646 1353 000. . . . . . NAMEPLATE, XMTR EQUIPMENT. . . . . . . 1.0 EA
8170914092...... SPACER............................ 1.0EA #A21C02
817 0914 195. . . . . . STANDOFF, INSULATED 1.5LG.. . . . . . . . 8.0 EA #A21C01#A21C03
8170914204...... STRAP,CAPTAPPING................ 4.0EA #A26C01
8298305616...... STRAP,A26L2TOA26C1.............. 1.0EA
8298305653...... STRAP,A21C4TERMINATION.......... 1.0EA
8298305690...... STRAP,A21C1TOL2................. 1.0EA #A21L02
8298305719...... ANGLE,A21C1MTG.................. 1.0EA
8395695402...... STRAP,A21L1TOA21C1.............. 1.0EA
8397920048...... STRAP............................. 1.0EA
9298305650...... STRAP,A21C4TOL7................. 1.0EA
6-6 888-2314-001 Rev.AD1: 1/15/02
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 51
9298305687..... BRACKET,CAPMTG................. 2.0EA #A21C03
9298305694..... STRAP,A2A1,TOA3A1............... 1.0EA #A02A01#A03A01
9395695403..... ANGLE,A21C1MTG.................. 1.0EA
9433777014..... COIL,FIXED13TURN................ 1.0EA A21L1
943 5450 475 .. . . . CBL,PA DRIVE COAX44" LG . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA
9947784002..... COILCLIP3/8RIBBON................ 1.0EA #A21L07
9947784003..... COILCLIP1/2RIBBON................ 1.0EA
Table 6-8. GATES TWO CONV PARTS - 992 8159 001
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (AN)
335 0256 000 . . . . . WASHER, SHOULDER .765 ID . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA #A19CR1 #A19CR2 #A19CR3 #A19CR4
335 0257 000 . . . . . WASHER, KAPTON .687/1.625 . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA #A19CR1 #A19CR2 #A19CR3 #A19CR4
3570092000..... NUT,HEX1/4-20TEFLON............. 1.0EA
3580004000..... BRACKETRESISTORMTG............ 2.0EA #A19R21
358 2635 000 . . . . . CABLE TIE, PUSH MOUNT SNAP IN. . . . . 2.0 EA
3583123000..... STUD,BRS10-32X1-1/2.............. 1.0EA
384 0839 000 .. . . . RECT1000PIV 275A 1N4056 ESD . . . . . . 4.0 EA A19CR1 A19CR2A19CR3 A19CR4
4721280000..... XFMR,PWR,829-8305-087............ 1.0EA A19T1
516 0413 000 .. . . . CAP, RF, 10PF 7.5KV 10% NPO . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA A18C1
524 0341 000 .. . . . CAP5100 UF 350WVDC.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA A19C1 A19C3
6140158000..... TERMSTRIP2TERM................. 1.0EA TS002
6140720000..... *TERMBD6TERM................... 1.0EA TB001
6200831000..... TADAPTERBNCUG-274A/U .......... 1.0EA J002
6201906000..... ENDTERM,7/8EIAFLANGE........... 1.0EA J001
632 1152 000 .. . . . AMMETER, 0-40ADC, 4.5",[W] . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA M003
632 1156 000 .. . . . WATTMETER, 0-5KW, 4.5",[W] .. .. . . . . . 1.0 EA M004
8135001071..... STDOFF10-32X1.753.8HEX ......... 1.0EA
8135007026..... STDOFF6-32X1/21/4DIA............. 1.0EA
8170914101..... STANDOFF,HVRECT................ 2.0EA #A19CR1#A19CR2
817 0914 195 . . . . . STANDOFF, INSULATED 1.5LG . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA
8170914261..... SPACER,.75ODX.256IDX1.7........... 2.0EA
8170914350..... STANDOFF,PAGROUND............. 1.0EA
8220981009..... MULTIMETERSWPLT................ 1.0EA
8220981011..... COVERPLATE...................... 2.0EA
8220981012..... COVERPLATE...................... 1.0EA
8220981013..... COVERPLATE...................... 1.0EA
8298305389..... BRACKET,RECTIFIER................ 1.0EA #A19CR1
8298305623..... RETAINER,CABLE................... 1.0EA
8397920103..... ASSYINSTR,MODCOIL.............. 0.0EA
9170914222..... XFMR,PHASEANGLE44T............ 1.0EA A18T1
9170914250..... RES,METERINGSHUNT.............. 1.0EA A19R6
9172131007..... PHASEANGLEXFMR ................ 1.0EA A18T2
9220981080..... SHUNT ............................ 1.0EA A19R7
9298305301..... CLAMP,MODIFICATION .............. 6.0EA
9298305395..... BRKT,HVRECT .................... 1.0EA #A19CR2
9298305732..... XFMR,IPANEUTRALIZER............. 1.0EA A26T2
9397920017..... METERTRIM ....................... 1.0EA
9398187001..... INSULATOR,PAMODULE............. 2.0EA
9433655196..... HEATSINK,PA ...................... 1.0EA
943 5479 025 . . . . . PANEL, REAR ACCESS, GATES TWO . . . 1.0 EA
9925868008..... PWA,PATOROID ESDSAFE........ 1.0EA A4A1
9925872007..... *PDMPULLUPBOARD* ............. 2.0EA A6A1A7A1
992 5874 009 . . . . . PWA,PDM FILTER ESD SAFE . . . . . . . 1.0 EA A010
9928228001..... CBLPKGGATESTWO ............... 1.0EA
Rev.AD1: 1/15/02 888-2314-001 6-7
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 52
9929714001...... PWA,PAMODULE ................... 1.0EA
999 2621 001. . . .. . HARDWARE LIST, GATES TWO CONV. .. 1.0 EA
Table 6-9. GATES FIVE, 1PH - 994 9204 002
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (M)
494 0378 000. . . .. . CHOKE 0.33UH10% 780MA. . . . . .. . . . . . 0.0 EA A01L14A01L15 A01L24A01L25 A01L34A01L35 A01L44A01L45
A02L14 A02L15 A02L24 A02L25 A02L34A02L35 A02L44A02L45 A03L14 A03L15 A03L24 A03L25 A03L34A03L35 A03L44A03L45 A04L14 A04L15 A04L24 A04L25 A04L34A04L35 A04L44A04L45 FREQ DET
4940399000...... CHOKERF12.0UH................... 0.0EA A18A1L3FREQDET
4940401000...... CHOKERF18.0UH................... 0.0EA A18A1L2A18A1L3FREQDET
500 0755 000. . . . . . CAP, MICA, 270PF 500V5%. . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A18A1C10 FREQ DET
500 0835 000. . . . . . CAP, MICA, 470PF 500V5%. . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A18A1C10 FREQ DET
5000841000...... CAP,750PF300V5% ................. 0.0EA A18A1C10FREQDET
500 0844 000. . . . . . CAP, MICA,1000PF 100V 5%. . . . . . . . .. . 0.0 EA A18A1C10 FREQ DET
500 0883 000. . . . . . CAP, MICA, 4700PF 500V5%. . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A01C10 A01C15 A01C20 A01C25A01C30 A01C35 A01C40 A01C45
A02C10A02C15 A02C20 A02C25 A02C30 A02C35A02C40 A02C45 A03C10A03C15 A03C20 A03C25 A03C30 A03C35A03C40 A03C45 A04C10A04C15 A04C20 A04C25 A04C30 A04C35A04C40 A04C45
FREQ DET
504 0258 000. . . . . . CAP 1000PF20KV 5%(293).. . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0353 000. . . . . . CAP 3000PF12KV 5%(293).. . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0354 000. . . . . . CAP 5100PF10KV 5%(293).. . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 A21C03 FREQ DET
504 0374 000. . . . . . CAP 2000PF15KV 5%(293).. . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0377 000. . . . . . CAP 1500PF15KV 5%(293).. . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0378 000. . . . . . CAP 1200PF15KV 5%(293).. . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0382 000. . . . . . CAP 2400PF12KV 5%(293).. . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0417 000. . . . . . CAP 910PF20KV 5% (293). . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 FREQ DET
504 0418 000. . . .. . CAP 2700 PF 12KV 5% (293) .. . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0419 000. . . . . . CAP 3300PF 12KV 5% (293) .. . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C04FREQ DET
504 0420 000. . . .. . CAP 3900 PF 12KV 5% (293) .. . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0433 000. . . . . . CAP 3600PF12KV 5%(293).. . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0435 000. . . . . . CAP 5600PF10KV 5% (293). . . . . . . . . .. . 0.0 EA A21C02 FREQ DET
504 0439 000. . . . . . CAP 9100PF8KV 5% (293). . . . . . . . . .. . . 0.0 EA A21C02FREQ DET
504 0440 000. . . . . . CAP 10,000PF8KV 5%(293) . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 A21C05 FREQ DET
504 0441 000. . . . . . CAP 11,000PF8KV 5% (293) .. . . . . . . . .. 0.0 EA A21C02FREQ DET
504 0446 000. . . . . . CAP 12,000PF5KV 5% (293) .. . . . . . . . .. 0.0 EA A21C02FREQ DET
504 0447 000. . . . . . CAP 13,000PF5KV 5% (293) .. . . . . . . . .. 0.0 EA A21C02FREQ DET
504 0448 000. . . . . . CAP 16,000PF5KV 5% (293) .. . . . . . . . .. 0.0 EA A21C02FREQ DET
504 0449 000. . . . . . CAP 18,000PF5KV 5% (293) .. . . . . . . . .. 0.0 EA A21C02FREQ DET
504 0454 000. . . . . . CAP 1600PF15KV 5%(293).. . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0460 000. . . . . . CAP 1100PF20KV 5% (293). . . . . . . . . .. . 0.0 EA A21C03 FREQ DET
504 0461 000. . . . . . CAP 1300PF15KV 5%(293).. . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0462 000. . . . . . CAP 1800PF15KV 5%(293).. . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0463 000. . . . . . CAP 2200PF12KV 5%(293).. . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04 FREQ DET
516 0204 000. . . . . . CAP, RF,100PF 5KV 10% N750. . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A26C01 FREQ DET
516 0205 000. . . . . . *CAP, RF, 500PF 5KV20% X5T .. . . . . .. . 0.0 EA A26C01 FREQ DET
516 0207 000. . . . . . CAP, RF,25PF 15KV 10% NPO . . . . . . .. . 0.0 EA A21C01 FREQ DET
516 0208 000. . . . . . CAP, RF,50PF 15KV 10% NPO . . . . . . .. . 0.0 EA A21C01 FREQ DET
516 0209 000. . . . . . CAP, RF,100PF 15KV10% N750. . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C01FREQ DET
516 0819 000. . . . . . CAP, RF,200PF 5KV 10% N3300. . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A26C01 FREQ DET
8170914253...... STRAP,.020X1.0X6.4IN ............. 0.0EA
8170914254...... STRAP,A21L8TOL4................. 0.0EA
6-8 888-2314-001 Rev.AD1: 1/15/02
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 53
817 2131 016 .. . . . FREQ DET CHART,GATES FIVE. . . . . . . . 0.0 EA SEE THIS CHART FOR XMTR FREQ DET PARTS
8397920013..... FAMILYTREE,GATESSERIES......... 0.0EA
9172131036..... KIT,CEMOD,GATES5,1PH .......... 0.0EA
9298305546..... XFMRASSY,20TURN................ 0.0EA A26T01
9298305642..... XFMRASSY,17TURN................ 0.0EA A26T01
9298305643..... XFMRASSY,10TURN................ 0.0EA A26T01
9298305750..... XFMRASSY,10TURN................ 0.0EA
939 5695 332 .. . . . COIL, FIXED 20FC2243 . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . 0.0EA A21L08 FREQ DET
9397920102..... MOUNTINGADAPTER................ 0.0EA BOTTOMOUTPUTADAPTOR
9433777005..... COIL,FIXED45FC2046............... 0.0EA A21L1
9433777014..... COIL,FIXED13TURN................ 0.0EA A21L1
9882314004..... DPGATESFIVE1PH................. 1.0EA
9890092001..... PKGLISTG51PHVERT .............. 0.0EA
9890092002..... PKGLISTG51PHHORZ.............. 0.0EA
9901102001..... R-SK-GATESFIVE1PH............... 0.0EA
992 6414 001 .. . . . CRYSTAL SELECTION LIST .. . . .. . . . . . 0.0EA A16Y1 OSCIL 1 REQD A17Y1 OSCIL OPTION 1 REQD
9928146002..... OSCILLATORPKG................... 0.0EA A017OPTION
9949204001..... BASICGATESFIVE1PH.............. 1.0EA
9949238001..... R-BK-GATESSERIES ................ 0.0EA
9949241001..... R-PK-GATESFIVE................... 0.0EA
Table 6-10. BASIC GATES FIVE 1PH - 994 9204 001
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (C)
9928143001..... BASICGATESSERIESXMTR.......... 1.0EA
9928149003..... GATESFIVEFINALPARTS............ 1.0EA
9928160001..... GATESFIVE1PHCONVPARTS........ 1.0EA
9992619001..... HARDWARELIST,BASIC,GATES...... 1.0EA
@T = GATES FIVE FINAL PARTS - 992 8149 003
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (P)
3001981000..... SCR,3/8-24X1...................... 1.0EA
3570092000..... NUT,HEX1/4-20TEFLON............. 1.0EA A21L01
357 0093 000 .. . . . SCREW,1/4-20 X 7/8 FHMS . . . . .. . . . . . 1.0 EA A21L01
3980015000..... FUSE,FASTCART.500A250V ......... 2.0EA
3980016000..... FUSE,FASTCART.750A250V ......... 2.0EA
3980019000..... FUSE,FASTCART2A250V ........... 5.0EA
398 0081 000 .. . . . FUSE,SLOCART2A 250V. . . . . .. . . . . . . 1.0 EA
3980403000..... FUSE,RECTIFIER3A250V........... 10.0EA
3980435000..... FUSE,RECTIFIER5A250V............ 8.0EA
646 1353 000 .. . . . NAMEPLATE, XMTR EQUIPMENT . . . . . . 1.0 EA
8170914092..... SPACER........................... 1.0EA #A21C02
817 0914 195 .. . . . STANDOFF,INSULATED1.5LG . . . . . . . . 8.0EA #A21C01 #A21C03
8170914204..... STRAP,CAPTAPPING ............... 4.0EA #A26C01
8298305616..... STRAP,A26L2TOA26C1 ............. 1.0EA
8298305653..... STRAP,A21C4TERMINATION ......... 1.0EA
8298305690..... STRAP,A21C1TOL2................. 1.0EA #A21L02
8397920048..... STRAP............................. 1.0EA
9221256001..... PLATE............................. 1.0EA #A21C01
9221256003..... STRAP,L1TOC1.................... 1.0EA
9221294001..... PLATE,A21C1CONTACT............. 1.0EA #A21C01
9298305650..... STRAP,A21C4TOL7................. 1.0EA
9298305687..... BRACKET,CAPMTG................. 2.0EA #A21C03
9298305694..... STRAP,A2A1,TOA3A1............... 1.0EA #A02A01#A03A01
943 5450 475 .. . . . CBL,PA DRIVE COAX44" LG . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA
9947784002..... COILCLIP3/8RIBBON................ 1.0EA #A21L07
Rev.AD1: 1/15/02 888-2314-001 6-9
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 54
9947784003...... COILCLIP1/2RIBBON................ 1.0EA #A21L01
Table 6-11. GATES FIVE 1PH CONV PARTS - 992 8160 001
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (AZ)
3570092000...... NUT,HEX1/4-20TEFLON ............. 1.0EA
3580003000...... BRACKETRESISTORMTG............ 4.0EA #A19R2
3580004000...... BRACKETRESISTORMTG............ 4.0EA #A19R22
3582492000...... PLUG,SNAP-IN2-1/2DHOL........... 1.0EA
3582511000...... STANDOFF,10-32X3/4............... 1.0EA
3582555000...... BUSHING,FLANGED.375ID........... 2.0EA
3582588000...... FLATCABLEMOUNT................. 2.0EA
3582635000...... CABLETIE,PUSHMOUNTSNAPIN..... 4.0EA
516 0413 000. . . .. . CAP, RF,10PF 7.5KV 10% NPO. . . .. . . . . 1.0 EA A18C1
524 0341 000. . . . . . CAP 5100UF 350WVDC.. . . . . . . . .. . . . . 5.0 EA A19C2 A19C4 A19C6
542 0103 000. . . . . . RES 20KOHM 5%12W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 EA A19R12 A19R14 A19R16
5420358000...... RES500OHM5%225W............... 1.0EA A19R22
5421586000...... RES2.0OHM180W10% .............. 1.0EA A19R2
6140158000...... TERMSTRIP2TERM................. 1.0EA TS002
6200831000...... TADAPTERBNCUG-274A/U........... 1.0EA J002
6201906000...... ENDTERM,7/8EIAFLANGE........... 1.0EA J001
632 1151 000. . . . . . AMMETER, 0-80ADC, 4.5",[W] . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA M003
632 1157 000. . . .. . WATTMETER, 0-10KW,4.5",[W].. . . . . . . . 1.0 EA M004
8135001068...... STDOFF10-32X13/8HEX............. 2.0EA
8135007026...... STDOFF6-32X1/21/4DIA.............. 1.0EA
8170914260...... INSULATOR,1/4-20X1.7L ............ 2.0EA
8170914350...... STANDOFF,PAGROUND ............. 1.0EA
8220981009...... MULTIMETERSWPLT................ 1.0EA
8298305623...... RETAINER,CABLE................... 1.0EA
8397920103...... ASSYINSTR,MODCOIL .............. 0.0EA
9170914223...... XFMR,PHASEANGLE63T............. 1.0EA A18T1
9170914250...... RES,METERINGSHUNT.............. 1.0EA A19R6
9172131008...... PHASEANGLEXFMR................. 1.0EA A18T2
9172244001...... SPACER,1.0LG.75DIA............... 1.0EA
9172256074...... ASSY,TERMBLK,GATES5,1PH....... 1.0EA
9220981080...... SHUNT............................. 1.0EA A19R7
9220981081...... SHUNT............................. 1.0EA A19R7
9298305089...... CLAMPADJ......................... 6.0EA
9298305285...... STANDOFF10-32X0.75............... 2.0EA
9298305293...... BRACKET,SX-2.5CAP................ 2.0EA
9298305732...... XFMR,IPANEUTRALIZER............. 1.0EA A26T2
9397920018...... METERTRIM........................ 1.0EA
9398187001...... INSULATOR,PAMODULE............. 4.0EA
9433655079...... HEATSINK,PDMAMP................ 1.0EA
9433655196...... HEATSINK,PA....................... 3.0EA
943 5479 026. . . .. . PANEL, REAR ACCESS, GATES FIVE. . . . 1.0 EA
9925868008...... PWA,PATOROID ESDSAFE......... 3.0EA A2A1A3A1A4A1
9925872005...... *PDMAMPBOARD*................. 2.0EA A008A009
9925872007...... *PDMPULLUPBOARD*.............. 4.0EA A6A1A7A1A8A1A9A1
9925874009...... PWA,PDMFILTER ESDSAFE....... 2.0EA A010A011
9928291001...... GATESFIVE1PHUNIQUEPTS......... 1.0EA
9929714001...... PWA,PAMODULE ................... 3.0EA
6-10 888-2314-001 Rev.AD1: 1/15/02
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 55
Table 6-12. GATES FIVE 1PH UNIQUE PTS - 992 8291 001
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (E)
335 0256 000 .. . . . WASHER, SHOULDER .765 ID . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA
3350257000..... WASHER,KAPTON.687/1.625......... 4.0EA
384 0839 000 .. . . . RECT 1000PIV 275A 1N4056 ESD . . . . . . 4.0 EA
4721649000..... XFMR,PWR,829-8305-735............ 1.0EA
8170914101..... STANDOFF,HVRECT................ 2.0EA
817 0914 195 . . . . . STANDOFF, INSULATED 1.5LG . . . . . . . . 3.0 EA
8298305389..... BRACKET,RECTIFIER................ 1.0EA
9298305395..... BRKT,HVRECT .................... 1.0EA
9928229001..... CBLPKGGATESFIVE1PH............ 1.0EA
Table 6-13. GATES FIVE, 3PH - 994 9205 002
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (M)
494 0378 000 .. . . . CHOKE0.33UH 10% 780MA . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0EA A01L14 A01L15 A01L24 A01L25 A01L34 A01L35A01L44 A01L45
A02L14 A02L15 A02L24 A02L25 A02L34A02L35 A02L44A02L45 A03L14 A03L15 A03L24 A03L25 A03L34A03L35 A03L44A03L45 A04L14 A04L15 A04L24 A04L25 A04L34A04L35 A04L44A04L45 FREQ DET
4940399000..... CHOKERF12.0UH................... 0.0EA A18A1L3FREQDET
494 0401 000 .. . . . CHOKERF18.0UH. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 0.0EA A18A1L2 A18A1L3FREQ DET
500 0755 000 .. . . . CAP,MICA, 270PF 500V 5% . .. . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A18A1C10FREQ DET
500 0835 000 .. . . . CAP,MICA, 470PF 500V 5% . .. . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A18A1C10FREQ DET
5000841000..... CAP,750PF300V5%................. 0.0EA A18A1C10FREQDET
500 0844 000 .. . . . CAP,MICA, 1000PF 100V 5% . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A18A1C10 FREQ DET
500 0883 000 .. . . . CAP,MICA, 4700PF 500V 5% . . . .. . . . . . 0.0 EA A01C10 A01C15A01C20 A01C25A01C30 A01C35 A01C40 A01C45
A02C10A02C15 A02C20 A02C25 A02C30 A02C35A02C40 A02C45 A03C10A03C15 A03C20 A03C25 A03C30 A03C35A03C40 A03C45 A04C10A04C15 A04C20 A04C25 A04C30 A04C35A04C40 A04C45
FREQ DET
504 0258 000 .. . . . CAP1000PF20KV 5% (293) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 FREQ DET
504 0353 000 .. . . . CAP3000PF 12KV 5% (293) . . . . .. . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 A21C03A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0354 000 .. . . . CAP5100PF10KV 5% (293) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 FREQ DET
504 0374 000 .. . . . CAP2000PF 15KV 5% (293) . . . . .. . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04FREQ DET
504 0377 000 .. . . . CAP1500PF 15KV 5% (293) . . . . .. . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04FREQ DET
504 0378 000 .. . . . CAP1200PF 15KV 5% (293) . . . . .. . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04FREQ DET
504 0382 000 .. . . . CAP2400PF 12KV 5% (293) . . . . .. . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04FREQ DET
504 0417 000 .. . . . CAP910PF 20KV 5% (293) . . .. . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03FREQ DET
504 0418 000 .. . . . CAP 2700 PF 12KV 5% (293) . . . . . . . .. . . 0.0EA A21C03 A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0419 000 .. . . . CAP3300 PF 12KV 5% (293). .. . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0420 000 .. . . . CAP 3900 PF 12KV 5% (293) . . . . . . . .. . . 0.0EA A21C02 A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0433 000 .. . . . CAP3600PF 12KV 5% (293) . . . . .. . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 A21C04FREQ DET
504 0435 000 .. . . . CAP5600PF10KV 5% (293) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 FREQ DET
504 0439 000 .. . . . CAP9100PF8KV 5% (293) . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0EA A21C02 FREQ DET
504 0440 000 .. . . . CAP10,000PF 8KV 5% (293) . . . . .. . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 A21C05FREQ DET
504 0441 000 .. . . . CAP11,000PF8KV 5% (293) . . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 FREQ DET
504 0446 000 .. . . . CAP12,000PF5KV 5% (293) . . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 FREQ DET
504 0447 000 .. . . . CAP13,000PF5KV 5% (293) . . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 FREQ DET
504 0448 000 .. . . . CAP16,000PF5KV 5% (293) . . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 FREQ DET
504 0449 000 .. . . . CAP18,000PF5KV 5% (293) . . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C02 FREQ DET
504 0454 000 .. . . . CAP1600PF 15KV 5% (293) . . . . .. . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04FREQ DET
504 0460 000 .. . . . CAP1100PF20KV 5% (293) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 FREQ DET
504 0461 000 .. . . . CAP1300PF 15KV 5% (293) . . . . .. . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04FREQ DET
Rev.AD1: 1/15/02 888-2314-001 6-11
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 56
504 0462 000. . . . . . CAP 1800PF15KV 5%(293).. . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04 FREQ DET
504 0463 000. . . . . . CAP 2200PF12KV 5%(293).. . . . . . .. . . . 0.0 EA A21C03 A21C04 FREQ DET
516 0204 000. . . . . . CAP, RF,100PF 5KV 10% N750. . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A26C01 FREQ DET
516 0205 000. . . . . . *CAP, RF, 500PF 5KV20% X5T .. . . . . .. . 0.0 EA A26C01 FREQ DET
516 0207 000. . . . . . CAP, RF,25PF 15KV 10% NPO . . . . . . .. . 0.0 EA A21C01 FREQ DET
516 0208 000. . . . . . CAP, RF,50PF 15KV 10% NPO . . . . . . .. . 0.0 EA A21C01 FREQ DET
516 0209 000. . . . . . CAP, RF,100PF 15KV10% N750. . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A21C01FREQ DET
516 0819 000. . . . . . CAP, RF,200PF 5KV 10% N3300. . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A26C01 FREQ DET
7400495000...... PHASEMONITOR.................... 0.0EA A19K03OPTION1REQD197TO251VAC3PHASE3WIRE
740 0837 000. . . . . . MON, PH 350-440V 3 PH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A19K03OPTION 1REQD 341TO 434 VAC 3 PHASE 4 WIRE
8170914253...... STRAP,.020X1.0X6.4IN ............. 0.0EA
8170914254...... STRAP,A21L8TOL4................. 0.0EA
8172131016...... FREQDETCHART,GATESFIVE........ 0.0EA SEETHISCHARTFORXMTRFREQDETPARTS
8397920013...... FAMILYTREE,GATESSERIES......... 0.0EA
9172131037...... KIT,CEMOD,GATES5,3W............ 0.0EA
9172131038...... KIT,CEMOD,GATES5,4W............ 0.0EA
9298305546...... XFMRASSY,20TURN................ 0.0EA
9298305642...... XFMRASSY,17TURN................ 0.0EA
9298305643...... XFMRASSY,10TURN................ 0.0EA
9298305750...... XFMRASSY,10TURN................ 0.0EA
9395695332...... COIL,FIXED20FC2243................ 0.0EA A21L08FREQDET
9397920102...... MOUNTINGADAPTER................ 0.0EA BOTTOMOUTPUTADAPTOR
9433777005...... COIL,FIXED45FC2046............... 0.0EA A21L1
9433777014...... COIL,FIXED13TURN................. 0.0EA A21L1
9882314005...... DPGATESFIVE3PH ................. 1.0EA
9890088001...... PKGLISTGATESFIVEVERT .......... 0.0EA
9890088002...... PKGLISTGATESFIVEHORZ.......... 0.0EA
9901101001...... R-SK-GATESFIVE3PH ............... 0.0EA
992 6414 001. . . . . . CRYSTAL SELECTION LIST. . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA A16Y1 OSCILGATES FIVE 1 REQ’D A17Y1 OPTION 1 REQ’D
9928146002...... OSCILLATORPKG................... 0.0EA A017OPTION
9949205001...... BASICGATESFIVE3PH .............. 1.0EA
9949238001...... R-BK-GATESSERIES................. 0.0EA
9949241001...... R-PK-GATESFIVE ................... 0.0EA
Table 6-14. BASIC GATES FIVE 3PH - 994 9205 001
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (C)
9928143001...... BASICGATESSERIESXMTR.......... 1.0EA
9928149003...... GATESFIVEFINALPARTS............ 1.0EA
9928161001...... GATESFIVE3PHCONVPARTS........ 1.0EA
9992619001...... HARDWARELIST,BASIC,GATES....... 1.0EA
Table 6-15. GATES FIVE 3PH CONV PARTS - 992 8161 001
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (BB)
335 0227 000. . . . . . WASHER, INSULATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.0 EA #A19CR1 #A19CR2 #A19CR3 #A19CR4 #A19CR5 #A19CR6
335 0252 000. . . . . . WASHER, TEFLON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.0 EA #A19CR1 #A19CR2 #A19CR3 #A19CR4 #A19CR5 #A19CR6
3580003000...... BRACKETRESISTORMTG............ 4.0EA #A19R2#A19R3
3580004000...... BRACKETRESISTORMTG............ 4.0EA #A19R22
3582492000...... PLUG,SNAP-IN2-1/2DHOL........... 1.0EA
3582511000...... STANDOFF,10-32X3/4............... 1.0EA
3582555000...... BUSHING,FLANGED.375ID........... 2.0EA
3582588000...... FLATCABLEMOUNT................. 2.0EA
3582635000...... CABLETIE,PUSHMOUNTSNAPIN..... 4.0EA
6-12 888-2314-001 Rev.AD1: 1/15/02
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 57
3583123000..... STUD,BRS10-32X1-1/2.............. 3.0EA
384 0705 000 .. . . . RECT85A 1000V PIV ESD .. . . . . . . . . . . 6.0EA A19CR1 A19CR2 A19CR3A19CR4 A19CR5 A19CR6
4040707000..... SOCKETRELAYOCTAL .............. 1.0EA #A19K3
4721572000..... XFMR,PWR,817-0914-266............ 1.0EA A19T1
516 0413 000 .. . . . CAP, RF, 10PF 7.5KV 10% NPO . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA A18C1
524 0341 000 .. . . . CAP5100 UF 350WVDC.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0 EA A19C1 A19C2 A19C3 A19C4 A19C6
542 0103 000 .. . . . RES20K OHM 5% 12W .. .. . . . . . .. . . . . 3.0EA A19R12 A19R14A19R16
542 0358 000 .. . . . RES500 OHM 5% 225W . . .. . . . . . .. . . . 1.0 EA A19R22
542 1586 000 .. . . . RES2.0 OHM 180W 10% . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA A19R2 A19R3
560 0049 000 .. . . . MOV,275WVAC,75J, 14MMDISC . . . . . . 3.0 EA A19RV2 A19RV3A19RV6
6140158000..... TERMSTRIP2TERM................. 1.0EA TS002
6140720000..... *TERMBD6TERM................... 1.0EA TB001
6200831000..... TADAPTERBNCUG-274A/U .......... 1.0EA J002
6201906000..... ENDTERM,7/8EIAFLANGE........... 1.0EA J001
632 1151 000 .. . . . AMMETER, 0-80ADC, 4.5",[W] . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA M003
632 1157 000 .. . . . WATTMETER, 0-10KW, 4.5",[W] .. . . . . . . 1.0 EA M004
8135001068..... STDOFF10-32X13/8HEX............. 2.0EA
8135007026..... STDOFF6-32X1/21/4DIA............. 1.0EA
8135606011..... STUD,BRS10-32X1................. 3.0EA
8170914097..... STRAP,RECTIFIERS................. 3.0EA
8170914260..... INSULATOR,1/4-20X1.7L............ 2.0EA
8170914350..... STANDOFF,PAGROUND............. 1.0EA
8220981009..... MULTIMETERSWPLT................ 1.0EA
8298305026..... ANGLE,DIODE...................... 1.0EA
8298305623..... RETAINER,CABLE................... 1.0EA
8397920103..... ASSYINSTR,MODCOIL.............. 0.0EA
9170914223..... XFMR,PHASEANGLE63T............ 1.0EA A18T1
9170914250..... RES,METERINGSHUNT.............. 1.0EA A19R6
9172131008..... PHASEANGLEXFMR ................ 1.0EA A18T2
9172244001..... SPACER,1.0LG.75DIA.............. 4.0EA #E032#C001#C002
9220981080..... SHUNT ............................ 1.0EA A19R7
9220981081..... SHUNT ............................ 1.0EA A19R7
9298305089..... CLAMPADJ......................... 6.0EA
9298305285..... STANDOFF10-32X0.75.............. 2.0EA
9298305293..... BRACKET,SX-2.5CAP ............... 2.0EA
9298305361..... BRACKET,RECTIFIERS .............. 1.0EA
9298305363..... PLATE,RECT. ...................... 1.0EA
9298305732..... XFMR,IPANEUTRALIZER............. 1.0EA A26T2
9397920018..... METERTRIM ....................... 1.0EA
939 8187 001 .. . . . INSULATOR,PAMODULE. . . . . . .. . . . . . 4.0 EA #A001 #A002 #A003 #A004
9433655079..... HEATSINK,PDMAMP................ 1.0EA
9433655196..... HEATSINK,PA ...................... 3.0EA
943 5479 026 . . . . . PANEL, REAR ACCESS, GATES FIVE . . . 1.0 EA
9925868008..... PWA,PATOROID ESDSAFE........ 3.0EA A2A1A3A1A4A1
9925872005..... *PDMAMPBOARD*................. 2.0EA A008A009
9925872007..... *PDMPULLUPBOARD* ............. 4.0EA A6A1A7A1A8A1A9A1
992 5874 009 . . . . . PWA,PDM FILTER ESD SAFE . . . . . . . 2.0 EA A010A011
9928230001..... CBLPKGGATESFIVE3PH............ 1.0EA
9929714001..... PWA,PAMODULE................... 3.0EA
Rev.AD1: 1/15/02 888-2314-001 6-13
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 58
Table 6-16. BASIC GATES SERIES XMTR - 992 8143 001
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (BK)
026 6010 003. . . . . . GROMMET STRIP, 0.125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 FT
0416030014...... CHANNEL1/16MTL ....................1FT
3002795000...... SCR,1/2-13X1..................... 1.0EA #A21L2
3002883000...... SCR,3/8-16X1-1/2................... 1.0EA #A21L2
3580003000...... BRACKETRESISTORMTG............ 4.0EA #A19R1#A19R4
3581131000...... NUTW/SPRING3/8-16................ 4.0EA
3582140000...... NUTW/SPRING1/4-20................ 4.0EA
3582426000...... PLUG,WHITE2"HOLE................ 8.0EA
3582470000...... WHEEL............................. 2.0EA #A21L4#A21L5
3582492000...... PLUG,SNAP-IN2-1/2DHOL........... 3.0EA
3582555000...... BUSHING,FLANGED.375ID........... 2.0EA
3582588000...... FLATCABLEMOUNT................. 4.0EA
3582742000...... SLEEVECAP3-1/8X1.38 ............. 1.0EA #A20C3
3582995000...... ENDPLATE,261TERMBD ............ 1.0EA TB003
3582996000...... ENDPLATE,262TERMBD ............ 1.0EA TB002
3583123000...... STUD,BRS10-32X1-1/2.............. 4.0EA
3583130000...... STUD,BRS1/4-20X3/4............... 1.0EA
3583132000...... STUD,BRS1/4-201-1/4............... 2.0EA
3583300000...... FLATCABLEMOUNT-BASE........... 2.0EA
3583301000...... FLATCABLEMOUNT-COVER......... 2.0EA
358 3660 000. . . .. . ALLEN, 5/32HEX, CUSHIONGRIP . . . . . . 1.0 EA
384 0431 000. . . .. . RECT. 1N4001 ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.0 EA CR001CR002 CR003 CR004 CR005 CR006CR007 CR008
384 0702 000. . . . . . RECT FWBRIDGE 600V 35A ESD . . . . . . 2.0 EA A20CR1A20CR2
384 0813 000. . . . . . TRANSZORB 73V 1.5KW ESD .. . . . . . . 2.0 EA A18CR11 A18CR12
4020004000...... CLIP,FUSE.81260A250V............. 2.0EA #GNDROD
4060358000...... PILOTLIGHTAMBER................. 2.0EA A19DS1A19DS2
424 0410 000. . . . . . GROMMET 1.38 MTG DIA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA
430 0039 000. . . . . . FAN TARZAN 230VAC 50/60HZ . . . . . . .. . 2.0 EA A20B1 A20B2
4480224000...... HANDLEALUM...................... 2.0EA
4480785000...... AIRFILTER6.15X12.20X.88............ 1.0EA
464 0169 000. . . . . . TOOL, TRIMMER ADJUSTMENT . . . . . .. . 1.0 EA
4721678000...... XFMRRECT817-2131-003............. 1.0EA A20T1
4760272000...... REACTOR8143018001............... 1.0EA A19L1
4920309000...... INDUCTORVAR28UH................ 1.0EA A26L2
4940070000...... CHOKERF2MHY .................... 1.0EA A21L6
5160081000...... CAP,DISC.01UF1KV20%............. 4.0EA C001C002C003C004
524 0313 000. . . .. . CAP 25,000UF40VDC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA A20C1A20C2
5240341000...... CAP5100UF350WVDC............... 1.0EA A19C5
5240346000...... CAP,7400UF200WVDC............... 1.0EA A20C3
5300090000...... BRACKET,CAP,2.5"ID ............... 2.0EA #A20C1#A20C2
5300092000...... BRACKET,CAP,3"ID................. 1.0EA #A20C3
5401600205...... RES150OHM3W5%................. 1.0EA A19R8
5401600308...... RES2KOHM3W5%.................. 2.0EA A20R1A20R2
542 0103 000. . . . . . RES 20KOHM 5% 12W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA A20R3 A19R11 A19R13A19R15
5420358000...... RES500OHM5%225W............... 1.0EA A19R21
5421586000...... RES2.0OHM180W10% .............. 2.0EA A19R1A19R4
5482052000...... RES130KOHM2W1%................ 1.0EA A19R9
5482400366...... RES4.75KOHM1/2W1%.............. 1.0EA A19R19
5500061000...... POT,1KOHM2W 10%................ 1.0EA A19R10
560 0036 000. . . . . . MOV, 150WVAC, 80J, 20MM DISC.. . . . . . 1.0 EA A20RV2
560 0049 000. . . . . . MOV, 275WVAC, 75J, 14MM DISC.. . . . . . 5.0 EA A19RV1A19RV4 A19RV5 A20RV3 A20RV4
560 0054 000. . . . . . MOV, 95WVAC, 30J, 14MM DISC. . .. . . . . 1.0 EA A20RV1
570 0294 000. . . . . . CNTOR 40A 24VAC 600V 3P . . . . . .. . . . . 1.0 EA A19K1
6-14 888-2314-001 Rev.AD1: 1/15/02
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 59
570 0322 000 .. . . . CNTOR50A208/240V 3P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0EA A19K2
604 0061 000 .. . . . SW SPDT 15A125/250 VAC . .. . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA A19S4
606 0159 000 .. . . . CKTBRKR 10A 277V 2P . . .. . . . . . .. . . . 1.0 EA A20CB1
6060467000..... CKTBRKR2A1POLE................ 2.0EA A20CB2A20CB3
610 0976 000 .. . . . HEADER,FILTERED40C 2 ROW .. . . . . . 2.0 EA A24FL1 A24FL2
6140165000..... TERMSTRIP9TERM................. 1.0EA TS001
6140401000..... TERM,INSULATED .................. 4.0EA E023E024E025E026
6140786000..... TERMBD,2CMODULAR261 ......... 11.0EA TB003
6140787000..... TERMBD,4CMODULAR261.......... 4.0EA TB003
6140788000..... TERMBD,2CMODULAR262.......... 7.0EA TB002
6140789000..... TERMBD,4CMODULAR262.......... 7.0EA TB002
6200124000..... ADAPTERBNCUG306U.............. 1.0EA #A018
6200455000..... ADPTBNCUG492A/U ................ 1.0EA #J002
632 1154 000 . . . . . VOLTMETER, 0-150VDC, 4.5",[W]. . . . . . . 1.0 EA M002
632 1155 000 .. . . . MULTIMETER, TRISCALE, 4.5",[W]. . . . . . 1.0 EA M001
6460973000..... *LABEL,230V....................... 2.0EA #A20B1#A20B2
646 1253 000 .. . . . *LABEL WARNING ROTATINGBLADES. . 2.0 EA
6461402000..... MARKERSTRIP,6TERM ............. 1.0EA #TB001
650 0028 000 .. . . . KNOBRDSKIRT 1.135"DIA . . .. . . . . . . . 1.0EA #A12S12
660 0057 000 . . . . . * BATTERY 9V HEAVY DUTY . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA A12BT1
8135000011..... STDOFF6-32X15/16HEX............. 4.0EA
8135001071..... STDOFF10-32X1.753.8HEX ......... 1.0EA
8135001076..... STDOFF10-32X33/8HEX............. 4.0EA
813 5001 117 .. . . . STDOFF 10-32X3-1/4 3/8 HE . .. . . . . . . . . 6.0 EA
8135013068..... STDOFF1/4-20X11RD............... 1.0EA
8135604008..... STUDBRS6-32X13/16............... 5.0EA
8135606007..... STUDBRS10-32X3/4................ 7.0EA
8135606011..... STUD,BRS10-32X1................. 7.0EA
8170914026..... SPACER........................... 2.0EA
8170914028..... SPACER........................... 1.0EA
8170914153..... CLAMP,COILTAPPING............... 1.0EA
8170914183..... PLATE,TAPPING.................... 1.0EA
8170914216..... DAM,AIR........................... 1.0EA
8170914217..... DAM,AIR........................... 1.0EA
8170914218..... DAM,AIR........................... 1.0EA
8170914219..... DAM,AIR........................... 1.0EA
8170914220..... DAM,AIR........................... 1.0EA
8170914224..... DAM,AIR........................... 2.0EA
8170914231..... STUDBRS10-32X3.75............... 8.0EA
8170914252..... STRAP,A21L4JUMPER .............. 1.0EA
8170914261..... SPACER,.75ODX.256IDX1.7........... 2.0EA
8170914282..... INSULATOR,A21L5MTG.............. 2.0EA
8170914326..... STDOFF,INSULATED ................ 2.0EA
8172131001..... STDOFF ........................... 2.0EA
8172131010..... BUSSBAR ......................... 1.0EA #E034
8220981004..... METERMTGCLIP ................... 8.0EA
8220981006..... HINGE............................. 1.0EA
8220981047..... GNDRODHANDLE .................. 1.0EA #GNDROD
8220981082..... HINGEDOUBLERPLTPAIR........... 1.0EA
8298305022..... CHANNEL.......................... 2.0EA
8298305441..... STRAP,A21L5TOJ1................. 1.0EA
8298305455..... GUARD,CIRBKR.................... 1.0EA #A20CB1
8298305459..... ROD,GND.......................... 1.0EA #GNDROD
8298305469..... PALLET,SHIPPING.................. 1.0EA
8298305513..... SUPPORT,END..................... 1.0EA
Rev.AD1: 1/15/02 888-2314-001 6-15
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 60
8298305514...... STRAP,INTERCONNECT.............. 1.0EA
8298305544...... SHAFTEXTENSION.................. 1.0EA
8298305570...... DAM,AIR........................... 1.0EA
8298305587...... LOCATIONDWG,AIRDAM ............ 0.0EA
8298305588...... LOCATIONDWG,AIRDAM ............ 0.0EA
8298305592...... DAM,AIR........................... 2.0EA
8298305593...... DAM,AIR........................... 3.0EA
8298305598...... TUBE,A21L5TOA21L4 ............... 1.0EA
8298305623...... RETAINER,CABLE................... 1.0EA
8298305630...... BRACKET,AIRDAM.................. 2.0EA
8298305652...... TUBE,A21C3TOL4.................. 1.0EA
8298305668...... BRACKET,DOORGND................ 1.0EA
8298305669...... CONTACT,GND ..................... 1.0EA
8298305684...... SUPPORT,HVCONTPANEL........... 2.0EA
8395695097...... PANEL,HVCOVER................... 1.0EA
8395695115...... COIL,TAPPING...................... 1.0EA
839 5695 309. . . . . . TUBE, A21L5 INTERCONNECT . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA
8395695314...... GRILL,FILTERHOLDER............... 1.0EA
8395695339...... TUBE,A21L4/5TOL7................. 1.0EA
8395695375...... STRAP,CABINETGROUND............ 1.0EA
8395695399...... HEATSHIELD,STEPSTART............ 1.0EA
8397920010...... LOADANDTUNECLOSEOUT.......... 1.0EA
8397920014...... DIVIDINGSHIELD.................... 1.0EA
8433655176...... SIDE,RIGHT/LEFT ................... 2.0EA
8433655178...... DUCT,AIR.......................... 1.0EA
8435141005...... BOTTOMPANEL..................... 1.0EA
9172131013...... LABEL,TRIMSTRIP.................. 1.0EA #TB002#TB003
9172244001...... SPACER,1.0LG.75DIA............... 4.0EA
9172332049...... INSULATOR,3/8D.X1LG. ............ 7.0EA
9220981005...... DOUBLERPLATE.................... 1.0EA
9220981008...... DOUBLERPLATE.................... 1.0EA
9220981024...... HINGE ............................. 1.0EA
9220981025...... SWITCHBLOCK ..................... 2.0EA #A19S1#A19S2
9220981026...... SWITCHARM ....................... 2.0EA #A19S1#A19S2
9220981027...... SWITCHPLUNGER................... 1.0EA #19S2
9220981028...... SWITCHSTDOFF.................... 2.0EA #A19S1#A19S2
9220981029...... SWITCHCONTACT................... 2.0EA #A19S1#A19S2
9220981030...... SWITCHPLUNGER................... 1.0EA #A19S1
9221265001...... BRK’T,TEMPSENSORMTG........... 1.0EA #A20A1
9221265002...... BRK’T,TEMPSENSORMTG........... 1.0EA #A20A1
9298305285...... STANDOFF10-32X0.75............... 2.0EA
9298305293...... BRACKET,SX-2.5CAP................ 2.0EA
9298305303...... SIDE,SHIELDLI ..................... 1.0EA
9298305421...... COILASSY,6TURNS................. 1.0EA A21L7
9298305539...... COIL,TAPPED....................... 1.0EA A26L1
9298305606...... SHIELD,HEAT....................... 1.0EA
9298305649...... BARMOD........................... 1.0EA
9298305751...... STRAP,SHIPPING ................... 2.0EA
9395695322...... SHIELD,SAFETYASSY............... 1.0EA
9397920003...... METERPANEL...................... 1.0EA
9397920005...... LOWERFRTPANEL.................. 1.0EA
9397920006...... UPPERFRTPANEL .................. 1.0EA
9397920008...... FRTACCESSPANEL................. 1.0EA
9397920023...... METERSHIELD...................... 1.0EA
9433655071...... HEATSINK,IPAMOD.................. 1.0EA
6-16 888-2314-001 Rev.AD1: 1/15/02
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 61
9433655079..... HEATSINK,PDMAMP................ 1.0EA
9433655177..... DUCT,BLOWERMTG ................ 1.0EA
9433655196..... HEATSINK,PA ...................... 1.0EA
9433655217..... SHIELD,A21L2...................... 1.0EA
9433655221..... SHIELD,A21C1/L1................... 1.0EA
9433655236..... COILASSY,A21L2OUTPUT........... 1.0EA
9433777001..... COIL,VAR.44VC2345................ 2.0EA A21L4A21L5
9435141001..... FRONTTOP ........................ 1.0EA
9435141004..... CONTROLPNL...................... 1.0EA
9435141006..... CHASSISFRTPNL................... 1.0EA
9435141053..... ENCLOSURE,FRONT ................ 1.0EA
9435141054..... SHIELD,LOAD&TUNE............... 1.0EA
9435479019..... PANEL,INNERLEFT ................. 1.0EA
9435479020..... PANEL,INNERRIGHT................ 1.0EA
9528846052..... TOP,CABINETREAR................. 1.0EA
9529177001..... BASE.............................. 1.0EA
9529177005..... CABBOTTOM....................... 1.0EA
9925868008..... PWA,PATOROID ESDSAFE........ 1.0EA A1A1
9925872005..... *PDMAMPBOARD*................. 2.0EA A006A007
992 5889 002 .. . . . PWA,IPA PWR SPLITTER,ESDSAFE . .. 1.0EA A026
9928144001..... OUTPUTMONITOR.................. 1.0EA A018
9928145001..... PDMGENERATOR................... 1.0EA A015
9928146001..... PWA,OSCILLATOR.................. 1.0EA A016
9928147001..... CONTROLLER ...................... 1.0EA A012
9928148001..... INTERFACEBD ..................... 1.0EA A024
9929146001..... AIRFLOWSENSOR .................. 1.0EA A20A1
9929714001..... PWA,PAMODULE................... 1.0EA
9929813001..... PWA,IPABOARD.................... 1.0EA A005
Table 6-17. AIRFLOW SENSOR - 992 9146 001
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (J)
3581929000..... JUMPER1/2LG1/8H................. 1.0EA #CR001
358 2997 000 .. . . . ENDPLATE,236 TERM MODULE .. . . . . . 1.0 EA #TB001
3800125000..... XSTR,NPN2N4401 ESD.............. 1.0EA Q001
3820522000..... IC,LM393N ESD .................... 1.0EA U001
3821685000..... IC,LM35DT ESD............. 3.0EA U002U003U004
3840357000..... RECTIFIER1N4004 ESD.............. 2.0EA CR002CR005
3840612000..... DIODE1N3070 ESD ................. 2.0EA CR003CR004
3840662000..... LEDRED ESD...................... 1.0EA DS001
4040673000..... SOCKET,DIP,8PIN(DL).............. 1.0EA XU1
4040919000..... HEATSINK,TO-218.................. 2.0EA #U002#U004
516 0453 000 .. . . . CAP.1UF 100V 20% X7R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA C001 C002 C003 C004
5220528000..... CAP470UF63V20%................. 1.0EA C006
5220566000..... CAP100UF63V20%................. 1.0EA C005
5220573000..... CAP47UF63V20%.................. 1.0EA C007
5401600218..... RES510OHM3W5% ................ 1.0EA R003
544 1662 000 .. . . . RES30 OHM 20W 2% TO-220. . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA R001R002
5482400330..... RES2KOHM1/2W1%................ 4.0EA R006R009R011R012
5482400401..... RES10KOHM1/2W1%............... 1.0EA R013
548 2400 451 .. . . . RES 33.2K OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . .. . . 3.0EA R005 R008 R010
548 2400 601 .. . . . RES1MEG OHM 1/2W 1%. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA R004 R007
5740477000..... RELAY4PDT12VDC2AMP........... 1.0EA K001
6100777000..... HDR3C1ROWSTRAIGHT ............ 1.0EA J001
6100980000..... HDR20C2ROWRTANG.............. 2.0EA J002J003
Rev.AD1: 1/15/02 888-2314-001 6-17
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 62
6140790000...... TERMMODULE,1CPCMTG236........ 3.0EA #TB001
6700052000...... BUZZER,PIEZO3-20VDC.............. 1.0EA LS001
8435400041...... SCH,AIRFLOWSENSOR.............. 0.0EA
8435400043...... PWB,AIRFLOWSENSOR.............. 1.0EA
843 5400 259. . . .. . COMPONENT LOCATOR, AIR FLOW . . . . 0.0 EA
922 1265 003. . . .. . CABLE, A20A1 INTERCONNECT . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA
9992834001...... HARDWARELIST,AIRFLOW........... 1.0EA
6-18 888-2314-001 Rev.AD1: 1/15/02
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 63
SECTION A
OSCILLATOR (A16)
A.1. Principles Of Operation
The oscillator is the frequency determin­ing source. The crystal oscillator stage is a voltagestabilized Piercecircuitoperating at 2 or 4 times the carrier frequency.The crys­tal operates in its parallel resonant mode and meets FCC requirements.
For carrier frequencies of 1250 kHz and below, the crystal operates at 4 times the carrier frequency, and for carrier frequen­cies above 1250 kHz the crystal operates at 2 times the carrier frequency.
Buffer/squaring amplifier Q2 is lightly coupled to the oscillator and provides a 5 volt square wave to the programmable di­viderU1.This dividerwilldivide thecrystal frequency by 2 or 4 to obtain the carrier frequency.
ThedividerdrivesalevelshifterU2which produces a 15 volt square wave. This stage drives the class D output transistor pair Q3 and Q4 which produce about 2 watts of RF drive to the IPA.
RegulatorU3suppliesabout 16 volt to the Q3/Q4 output stage.
Q6andQ5compriseRFdrivekill circuits. When the transmitter is shut off in the Re­mote mode, the RF drive is muted via the RF Kill input to the Oscillator board.
A.2. Replacement/Alignment
A.2.1. Frequency Adjustment
A16C1 trims the carrierfrequencyat least +/-20 Hz. This should only be adjusted ac­cording to a frequency monitoring instru­ment or service.
A.3. Troubleshooting the
RF Oscillator
A.3.1. Symptom: No Output
Possible causes:
A.3.1.1. Open Fuse/Loss of +20V
Check the dc voltage on each side of F1. 20 volts should be present anytime AC power is supplied to the transmitterand the low voltage circuit breaker is set to ON.
A.3.1.2. RF KILL
The Controller may be sending an RF KILL signal to the oscillator. Check the voltageat theinputsideofR16.Thisshould beabout5 voltsfortheoscillatortoproduce RF. If the voltage at R16 is near zero, then check the RF KILL signal output of the Controller board.
A.3.1.3. Q1,Q2,CR1
Using a n oscilloscope, check the signals at Q1 and Q2 per the schematic. Frequency of the signals at Q1 and Q2 should be 2 or 4 times the carrier frequency,depending on thejumperwire arrangement atE3-E6.CR1 sets the supply voltage for Q1 and Q2 to 15 volts.
A.3.1.4. U1,CR4
The output of U1 at E6 should be a 4-5 volt peak to peak square wave at the carrier frequency. The RFdrivemutingcircuitutil­izes the voltage at U1-2 to gate U1 on and off. During a normal on condition, U1-2 should be high (+5 volts). CR4 sets the supply voltage for U1 to be 5.1 volts.
A.3.1.5. U2
U2 should provide a voltage level shift from5 voltspeak-to-peakat pin2to15 volts peak-to-peak at pin 7. Both signals should be square waves.
A.3.1.6. U3
U3 supplies about 16 volts to Q3 and Q4. Checkthe voltageat the collectorof Q3. U3 maybe open if no voltageis suppliedto Q3.
Figure A-1
Oscillator Board Output, 16Vp-p
Rev. AE: 03-05-2002 888-2314-001 A-1
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Figure A-2
Upper Trace - Q1-C, 8-12Vp-p
Lower Trace - Q2-C, 4-6Vp-p
Page 64
Figure A-3
Upper Trace - E6, 2-3Vp-p
Lower Trace - U2-7, 14Vp-p
PWA, OSCILLATOR - 992 8146 001
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (R)
335 0254 000 . . WASHER, TEFLON #4. . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA #U003
380 0083 000 . . XSTR, 2N2369 ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA Q001 Q002
380 0125 000 . . XSTR, NPN 2N4401 ESD. . . . . . . . 1.0 EA Q005
380 0327 000 . . XSTR, 2N2222A ESD . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA Q006
380 0586 000 . . XSTR, MJE200 ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA Q003 Q004
382 0074 000 . . IC, 7476 ESD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA U001
382 0475 000 . . IC, 317 ESD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA U003
382 1010 000. . IC, DS0026CN/MMH0026CP1 ESD 1.0 EA U002
384 0321 000 . . *DIODE 5082-2800 ESD. . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA CR011
384 0357 000 . . RECTIFIER 1N4004 ESD . . . . . . . . 3.0 EA CR006 CR007 CR008
384 0610 000 . . LED, GREEN ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA DS001
384 0612 000 . . DIODE 1N3070 ESD. . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0 EA CR002 CR003 CR005 CR009 CR012
386 0135 000 . . ZENER, 1N4733A 5.1V ESD . . . . . 1.0 EA CR004
386 0298 000 . . ZENER, 1N5352B 15V ESD. . . . . . 1.0 EA CR001
386 0419 000 . . ZENER, LM236H 2.5V ESD . . . . . . 1.0 EA CR010
398 0019 000 . . FUSE, FAST CART 2A 250V. . . . . . 1.0 EA
402 0129 000 . . CLIP, 1/4 DIA FUSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA XF001A XF001B
404 0267 000 . . SOCKET, CRYSTAL HC-13/U . . . . . 2.0 EA XY001 XY002
404 0513 000 . . HEAT SINK PA1-1CB. . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA #Q003 #Q004
404 0727 000 . . HEAT SINK TO-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA #U003
410 0232 000 . . INSULATOR TO-3 MICA . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA #U003
410 0381 000 . . INSULATOR .562 X .812 . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA #Q003 #Q004
414 0087 000 . . BEAD FERRITE SHIELD . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA #L002 #L003
494 0196 000 . . CHOKE RF 100UH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA L001
500 0761 000 . . CAP, MICA, 150PF 500V 5%. . . . . . 1.0 EA C005
500 0803 000 . . CAP, MICA, 5PF 500V +/- .5PF. . . . 2.0 EA C002 C023
500 0837 000 . . CAP, MICA, 510PF 500V 5%. . . . . . 1.0 EA C003
500 0843 000 . . CAP, MICA, 910PF 100V 5%. . . . . . 1.0 EA C013
508 0378 000 . . CAP .22 UF 100V 10%. . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA C010
516 0080 000 . . CAP DISC .01UF 600V . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA C006
516 0375 000 . . CAP 0.01UF 50V -20/+80% Z5U . . . 3.0 EA C011 C015 C024
A-2 888-2314-001 Rev. AE: 03-05-2002
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 65
516 0387 000 . . CAP .47 UF 10V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA C004
516 0453 000 . . CAP .1UF 100V 20% X7R . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA C008 C014 C016 C020
520 0439 000 . . CAP, AIR VAR 2.4-24.5PF, 500V . . 2.0 EA C001 C022
522 0548 000 . . CAP 10UF 50V 20% . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA C017 C018
522 0572 000 . . CAP 3.3UF 50V 20% . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA C009 C012
526 0358 000 . . CAP 22UF 35V 10%. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA C007
540 1600 113 . . RES 33 OHM 3W 5%. . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R024
540 1600 118 . . RES 51 OHM 3W 5%. . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R025
540 1600 124 . . RES 91 OHM 3W 5%. . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA R007 R009
540 1600 201 . . RES 100 OHM 3W 5%. . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R014
540 1600 217 . . RES 470 OHM 3W 5%. . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA R008 R023
540 1600 218 . . RES 510 OHM 3W 5%. . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R015
548 2400 158 . . RES 39.2 OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R003
548 2400 205 . . RES 110 OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R016
548 2400 218 . . RES 150 OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA R018 R019
548 2400 230 . . RES 200 OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R013
548 2400 242 . . RES 267 OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R004
548 2400 251 . . RES 332 OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R026
548 2400 266 . . RES 475 OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R017
548 2400 289 . . RES 825 OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R010
548 2400 301 . . RES 1K OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA R005 R012
548 2400 326 . . RES 1.82K OHM 1/2W 1%. . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R028
548 2400 330 . . RES 2K OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R020
548 2400 358 . . RES 3.92K OHM 1/2W 1%. . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R027
548 2400 366 . . RES 4.75K OHM 1/2W 1%. . . . . . . . 2.0 EA R006 R011
548 2400 426 . . RES 18.2K OHM 1/2W 1%. . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R002
548 2400 458 . . RES 39.2K OHM 1/2W 1%. . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R001
6040904000.. SW,TGLSPDT................. 1.0EA S001
610 0679 000 . . PLUG, SHORTING, .25" CTRS . . . . 1.0 EA P006
610 0830 000 . . HEADER, 10 PIN PC RIBBON. . . . . 1.0 EA J002
610 0840 000 . . HDR, STR, 4 PIN, RD . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA J003
612 0904 000 . . JACK, PC MT GOLD PLATED. . . . . 3.0 EA #P006
620 1677 000 . . RECEPTACLE, PC MT, BNC. . . . . . 2.0 EA J001 J004
839 7920 021 . . SCHEM, OSCILLATOR . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA
843 5141 016 . . PWB, OSCILLATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA
843 5400 268 . . COMPONENT LOCATOR, OSCILLATOR 0.0 EA
939 5695 117 . . XFMR, OSCILLATOR TOROID . . . . 1.0 EA T001
9992608001.. HARDWARELIST............... 1.0EA
Rev. AE: 03-05-2002 888-2314-001 A-3
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 66
1
2
3
4
5
Figure A-4. Oscillator Board A16
Controls & Indicators
Table A-1. Oscillator Board A16, Controls & Indicators
1 Frequency Adjustment A16C1 Adjusts the carrier frequency of approximately +/-20 Hz. 2 Frequency Adjustment A16C22 Adjusts the carrier frequency of Y2 approximately +/-20 Hz. 3 Switch S1 Selects Y1 or Y2 crystal. 4 +20V FUSE A16F1 Protects +20 volt supply from faults within the oscillator. 5 Frequency Sample A16J4 Output for optional Frequency Monitor
A-4 888-2314-001 Rev. AE: 03-05-2002
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 67
SECTION B
IPA (A5)
B.1. Principles of Operation
TheIPABoardconsists of a class D bridge amplifier using high power MOSFET tran­sistors. This board uses 60-120 volts dc from the IPA power supply. The IPA is driven from the Oscillator through jack J2. The carrier signal is applied to transformer T11 and T12.
Capacitors C1 1, C12, C13, C14, C16, C17, C18 and C19 RF bypass the IPA DC supply.
Transistors Q11, Q12, Q13 and Q14 are driven into class D operation. Transistors Q11andQ13aredriven180degreesoutof phase with respect to Q12 and Q14. During the positive half of the RF cycle Q11 and Q13 are simultaneously on; then during the negativehalf of the RF cycle Q12 and Q14 are on. This produces a carrier squarewave waveform of twice the supply voltage acrossterminalsE11 and E12.These termi­nalsthenconnect totheIPA outputnetwork.
B.1.1. IPA Tuning Network
The IPAOutput Network is a series tuned circuit comprised of A26L1, A26L2, A26C1, and the primaryof A26T1. A26T1, along with A26A1 (IPA Power Splitter board) and the housing assembly forms a step down transformer. The low impedance presentedby the drivecables is matchedby theoneturn secondaryontheIPAtoroidand the Splitter board. The primary consists of several turns of enameled wire wound on a toroid.
B.2. Replacement/Alignment
When replacing the IPA module, be sure an even coating of thermal compound is applied to themating heat sinksurfaces.Be certain to tighten down the captive fasteners which mount the IPA module to the heat sink.
B.3. IPA Tuning and Testing
Procedure
WARNING
ENSURETHEHIGH VOLTAGEIS TURNED OFF BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
RF Drive level is measured on the PA modules with an oscilloscope. Place the oscilloscope probe across R13 or the equivalent terminal of any module.
Attach the probe ground lead to the RF drive ground plane. Do not use the cabinet or chassis ground as this will give an incor-
rect waveform.Proper drivelevelshould be 26-32 volts peak to peak on all eight inputs ofeachPA moduleA1,A2,A3,andA4,with high voltage OFF.
If the RF Drive exceeds 32 volts peak to peak, the secondary taps on A20T1 will have to be changed to a lower number to reduce the IPA supply voltage. For exam­ple, moving from the 105 tap to the 90 tap will reduce the IPA supply voltage and the drive level.
If the drive level on the PA Module(s) is below 20 Vp-p, the IPA module outputs should be checked with an oscilloscope by connecting the scope probe tip to A5 Q12 or Q13 while only the low voltage is on. There should be an RF square wave at the operating frequency w ith an amplitude equal to the IPA supply voltage.
If square wavesare not found at both Q12 and Q13, refer to the troubleshooting pro­cedures which follow.
Ifthereis noinput,the RFOscillatorboard or the cabling is probably at fault. Refer to the troubleshooting information in Section A, covering the RF Oscillator.
If only one side of the IPA is producing output, refer to the ohmmeter test proce­dure.
B.3.0.1. IPA Tuning
Adjust A26L2 with a slotted screwdriver for a peak in drive level as measured on the PA modules.
A26L1 is tapped to keepA26L2 within its adjustment range.
Some of the components in the A26C1 position may not be used. Refer to the Fac­tory TestData Sheets for the proper amount of capacitance.
If the RF Drive when peaked is lower than 25 volts peak to peak, make sure the IPA is fullyworking,and that it is not beingloaded downbyPA failures. Refer to the ohmmeter troubleshootingprocedure below,as well as the checks of the PAmodules.
If the drive is not low because of a com­ponent failure, then the IPA power supply secondarywillhavetobetappedfora highervoltage output.Forexample,moving a tap from the 105 volt connection to the 120 volt connection will increase the IPA supply voltage and the RF drive level.
B.3.1. Ohmmeter Testing the IPA
WARNING
ENSURE ALL AC POWER HAS BEEN RE­MOVED FROM TRANSMITTER AND GROUNDING STICK IS USED TO RE­MOVE ANY RESIDUAL VOLTAGES THAT MAY BEPRESENTPRIOR TOBEGINNING THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE.
a. Turn off AC power to the transmitter. b. Remove P3, the molex connector, from
A5, the IPA board.
c. Check and remove both fuses. Discard
if open. If not, no further testing is needed.
d. If moretestingisneeded,disconnectone
end of the large resistor R11 between Q12 and Q13.
e. Connect an ohmmeter positive lead to
thecenterlegof Q11. Touchthenegative lead to the center leg of Q12. The ohm­meter should read greater than 500k. This is a test of Q11.
f. Connect the positive ohmmeter lead to
the c enter leg of Q12. Put the negative lead on JP1. The ohmmeter should read greater than 500k. This is a test of Q12.
g. Refer to paragraphson Handling MOS-
FETs and Testing MOSFETsbefore replacing any transistors.
h. Connect an ohmmeter positive lead to
thecenterlegof Q14. Touchthenegative lead to the center leg of Q13. The ohm­meter should read greater than 500k. This is a test of Q14.
i. Connect the positive ohmmeter lead to
the center of Q13. Put the negative lead on JP1. The ohmmeter should read greater than 500k. This is a test of Q13.
j. Refer to paragraphs on Handling MOS-
FETs and Testing MOSFETsbefore replacing any transistors.
NOTE
Reconnect the large resistor previously disconnected when finished with ohmme­ter testing the IPA.
B.4. Handling MOSFETs
Due to the fragile nature of the gate of a MOSFET, special care in their handling is required. T he gate junction may be de­stroyedbystaticelectricity if the staticelec­tricity is allowed to discharge through the MOSFET. For example, walking across a carpet to pick up a MOSFET that is not protected by antistatic packaging could re­sult in the destruction of the MOSFET. A static charge could build up on a person as
Rev. AE 03-05-2002 888-2314-001 B-1
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 68
they walk across the carpet. This static charge will eventually have to be dis­charged. Discharging to the MOSFET could damage the MOSFET.
NOTE
MOSFET transistors which are in circuit in the GATES Seriestransmitters are immune to this damage.
The MOSFET transistors are shipped in antistatic packaging. The transistorsshould remainin this packaging until they are tobe used or tested.
B.5. Testing MOSFETs
The MOSFET’susedintheGATESSe- riestransmitters may be checked with an ohmmeter. However there is a requirement which restricts the use of some ohmmeters. If the battery voltage is too low (under 3V) ortoohigh(over20V) theohmmetercannot be used. A battery voltage less than 3V will not give an operational check of the transis­tor and a battery voltage greater than 20V may result in damage to thetransistorunder
test. A Simpson 260, which uses a 9V bat­tery on the Rx10k scale works quite well.
The following test applies to all MOS­FETs used in the transmitter, but is not necessarily applicable to MOSFETsused in other equipment.
This test will show how a MOSFET can be switched onand offbychargingand discharging the gate of the MOSFET.
Refer to Figure B-2 for the following test.
Figure B-2. Outline of MOSFET
Connectthepositivelead of the ohmmeter to the source of the transistor. Momentarily connect the negative lead to the gate and then connect it to the source. Then connect thepositivelead to the drain. The ohmmeter should read at least 2 megohms.
Remove the positive lead from the drain and momentarily touch it to the gate. Re­connect the positive lead to the drain. The ohmmetershouldreadverynearzeroohms.
CAUTION
IF THE TRANSISTORS IN THE IPA REQUIRE CHANGING, ENSURE THAT ALL OF THE TRANSISTORS ARE OF THE SAME TYPE NUMBERAND ARE FROMTHE SAMEMANU­FACTURER.
Figure B-1
Upper Trace - Q12 or Q13, 60-120Vp-p
Lower Trace - IPA input, 15-25Vp-p
B-2 888-2314-001 Rev. AE 03-05-2002
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 69
Rev. AE 03-05-2002 888-2314-001 B-3
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Table B-1. IPA Board A5 & IPA Power Splitter Board
A26A1, Controls & Indicators
Page 70
PWA, IPA BOARD - 992 9813 001
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (F)
000 0000 003. . FREQUENCY DETERMINED PART 0.0 EA JUMPER
254 0002 000 . . WIRE, BUS CU 20AWG. . . . . . . . . . 0.0 FT
336 0264 000 . . PIN SPRING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA #R011
350 0047 000 . . RIVET, POP .125 X .390L . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA
358 2837 000 . . STUD, PC BD 4-40 X 5/16. . . . . . . . 2.0 EA
358 2838 000 . . STANDOFF 4-40 F/M X .5 LG . . . . . 2.0 EA #E011 #E012
380 0681 000 . . XSTR IRFP350 ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA Q011 Q012 Q013 Q014
386 0412 000 . . ZENER, DUAL 18V 3W ESD . . . . . 4.0 EA CR001 CR002 CR003 CR004
398 0403 000 . . FUSE, RECTIFIER 3A 250V . . . . . . 2.0 EA F011 F012
402 0129 000 . . CLIP, 1/4 DIA FUSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA XF11A XF11B XF12A XF12B
410 0413 000 . . INSULATOR PAD FOR TO-247. . . . 4.0 EA #Q011 #Q012 #Q013 #Q014
448 1157 000. . PANEL FASTENER FOR PCB, 4-40 2.0 EA
494 0345 000. . CHOKE, RF 1.2 UH . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA L011 L012
508 0538 000 . . CAP .15 UF 400WVDC 5% . . . . . . . 2.0 EA C012 C014
516 0081 000 . . CAP, DISC .01UF 1KV 20% . . . . . . 2.0 EA C011 C013
540 1600 008 . . RES 2 OHM 3W 5%. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA R013 R014
540 1600 118 . . RES 51 OHM 3W 5%. . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R002
546 0307 000 . . RES 1.3K OHM 13W 5% . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R011
610 0831 000. . HDR, STR, 8 PIN, RD . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA J003
614 0909 000. . TERM STRIP, 3C PCB MODULAR 237 . . 4.0 EATB001 TB002 TB003 TB004
620 0515 000 . . RECP, SCREW ON SMC. . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA J002
843 5400 171 . . SCH, IPA BD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA
843 5400 173 . . PWB, IPA BD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA
922 1295 052 . . HEATSINK, MTG TRANSISTOR . . . 1.0 EA
922 1295 053 . . SPACER,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA
939 5695 054 . . TRANSFORMER, TOROID . . . . . . . 2.0 EA T011 T012
B-4 888-2314-001 Rev. AE 03-05-2002
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 71
SECTION C
POWER AMPLIFIER A1 through A4
C.1. Principles of Operation
Each PA board consists of four bridge class D amplifiers with four power MOS­FETS in a bridge or quad. The high side of the PA is connected to the high voltage power supply (260 volts) through jack J3.
Thelowsideofeach PAquad is connected to the Modulator through jacks J11, J12, J13, and J14. The PA is modulated by vary­ing the PA voltage. The PDM modulator system does this by pulling the low side of the PA toward ground. The PA quads pro­duce more output as the low side is pulled toward ground.
TheRFdriveenterstheboardthroughjack J2, and is relatively constant at all modula­tion levels.
The following discusses the first quad­bridge amplifier on the PA board and ap­plies to the other three bridges since the circuits are all identical. The series combi­nation of R11 and L13 on one half and R12 and L16 on the other half, parallel resonate the RF drive input.
To prevent the drive level from sagging because of a failure in another quad, isola­tion is provided by using separate drive cables. For frequencies below 700 kHz, se­rieschokesL14 and L15 are used for further isolation. Swamping resistors R13 and R14 areaddedfor stabilityforfrequenciesbelow 1200 kHz.
260 volts DC is brought to the m odule on J3 and is fed to each half of the quad via fuses F11 and F12. RF chokes L11 and L12 are placed in series with the 260 volts to allow only dc currents to flow in fuses F11 and F12.
Transistors Q11 and Q13 are driven 180 degreesout of phase withrespectto transis­torsQ12andQ14viatransformersT11and T12. During one half of the RF cycle Q11 and Q13 are driven into saturation while Q12 and Q14 are cutoff.
During the other half of the RF cycle Q12 and Q14 are driven into saturation while Q11 and Q13 are in cutoff. This producesa square wave voltage waveform of twice the bridge voltage [jack J3 (260 volts) m inus jack J11 (modulator volts)] across the out­put transformer on the PA Toroid Board.
Capacitors C11, C12, C13, and C14 RF bypass the 260 volt supply on transistors Q11 and Q14. Capacitors C16, C17, C18, andC19RF bypassthemodulatorinputand alsoarethelast shunt capacitorsinthePDM filter.
Diode CR13 prevents the modulator volt­age from going below ground.
Blown fuses are detected via diodes CR11
and CR12.
C.2. PA Toroids
The PA Toroid boards combine the RF powerproducedbythe bridge amplifierson the PA boards. It makes connection to the PA board at terminals E11 and E12 (bridge amplifier 1).
Each transformer (T11, T21, T31, and T41) carries the signal from the bridge am­plifierto the output network. The secondary windings of transformers T11, T21, T31, and T41 are in series such that the RF volt­age across all of the transformers is summed. The RF current in each toroid’s secondary winding is equal.
One end of the secondary windings of A4 isconnectedtocabinetground and the other end of the secondarywindingsis connected to A3, A3 to A2, A2 to A1. A1 is connected totheoutputnetwork.Thus, the powerfrom each bridge amplifier is summed such that at the end of the power combiner string the transmitter’s output power is achieved.
C.3. Replacing a PA Module
WhenreplacingthePAmodule, be sure an even coating of thermal compound is ap­plied to the mating heat sink surfaces. Be certain to tighten downthecaptivefasteners which mount the PA module to the heat sink. Be sure the RF drive cable J2 is fully locked into position.
The toroids on the backside of the PA should be inspected when the modules are removed for replacing transistors. A crack or break in any core may cause damage to the transistors of the same quad. The best way of inspecting the toroidal cores is by rotating the core. This will allow a fairly complete visual inspection.
C.4. Troubleshooting the PA Boards
C.4.1. Ohmmeter Testing
WARNING
REMOVE ALL PRI M ARY POWER AND DISCHARGE ALL HIGH VOLTAGE COM­PONENTS WITH GROUNDING STICK BE­FORE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE.
All power MUST BE turned off for this test.
The PA module can either be tested with itinthetransmitter,butcan also be removed from the transmitter for troubleshooting.
UsinganohmmeterontheRx1scale, check the fuses on the PAmodule. Remove ALL EIGHT fuses and discard any open ones. A blownfuse usually indicatesone or two transistors have failed.
Use an ohmmeter on the Rx10k scale to check the transistors.
NOTE
Determine which ohmmeter lead is posi-
tive in order to perform the following
troubleshooting procedure.
Connectthepositivelead of the ohmmeter to the middle lead (drain)of a transistor across from a fuse (transistors labeled with an A in figure C-2). The negative lead should be connected to the middle lead of the nearest transistor across from a banana jack (transistors labeled with a B in Figure C-2). For a good transistor, the ohmmeter will read greater than 700k. A shorted one will read near zero the ohmmeter.The tran­sistorwhichhas been tested is the one being touched with the positive ohmmeter lead.
Connectthepositiveohmmeter lead to the middle lead of a transistor labeled with a B in figure C-2. Connect the negative lead to thesmallbananajacklocatednearthattran­sistor (banana jacks are labeled with an C in figureC-2).The ohmmeter will read near 700k ohms for a good transistor. A shorted or leaky transistor will read substantially lower. As before,the transistor being tested is the one being touched with the positive ohmmeter l ead.
It is advisable to check all sixteen transis­tors by the above procedure rather than test only those associated with blown fuses. Once familiar with the procedure, it will only take a short period of time to check all sixteen transistors. By checking all transis­torsacomparison can also betaken between pairs of transistors for future reference.
Before installing any replacements, refer to the paragraphs on Handling MOSFETs andTestingMOSFET’s.
Be sure to put all fuses back in place and replace any open ones with an exact re­placementbeforeturning on the transmitter.
Rev. AE: 03-05-2002 888-2314-001 C-1
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 72
WARNING
NEVER ATTEMPT TO OPERATE THE TRANSMITTER WITH ANY PA TRANSIS­TORS REMOVED. IF REPLACEMENTS ARE NOT AVAILABLE, IT IS NECESSARY TO LEAVE THE SHORTED ONES IN CIR­CUIT. THIS WILL KEEP THE TOROIDAL COMBINING IN TACT,AND WILL NOT IM­PAIROPERATIONOFTHETRANSMITTER AT A REDUCED POWER LEVEL.
C.5. Handling MOSFETs
Due to the fragile nature of the gate of a MOSFET, special care in their handling is required. The gate can be destroyed by an electrostatic discharge. Please read the en­closed TechnicalBrief discussing safe han­dling of transistors and integrated circuits. Among other aspects of ESD control, this publication covers the use of conductive packaging and antistatic wrist bands.
NOTE
MOSFET transistors which are in circuit
in the GATES Seriestransmitters are
immune to this damage.
The MOSFET transistors are shipped in antistatic packaging. The transistorsshould remainin this packaging until they are tobe used or tested.
C.6. Testing MOSFETs
The MOSFETS used in the GATES Se­riestransmitters may be checked with an ohmmeter. However there is a requirement which restricts the use of some ohmmeters. If the battery voltage is too low (under 3V) ortoohigh(over20V) theohmmetercannot be used. A battery voltage less than 3V will not give an operational check of the transis­tor and a battery voltage greater than 20V may result in damage to thetransistorunder test. A Simpson 260, which uses a 9V bat­tery on the Rx10k scale works quite well.
The following test applies to all MOS­FETS used in the transmitter, but is not necessarily applicable to MOSFETS used in other equipment.
This test will show how a MOSFET can be switched onand offby chargingand discharging the gate of the MOSFET.
Refer to Figure C-1 for the following test. Connect the positive lead of the ohmmeter to the source of the t ransistor. Momentarily connect the negative lead to the gate and then connect it to the source. Then connect the positive lead to the drain (middle lead). The ohmmeter should read at least 2 me­gohms.
Remove the positive lead from the drain and momentarily touch it to the gate. Re­connect the positive lead to the drain. The ohmmetershouldreadverynearzeroohms.
Figure C-1. Outline of MOSFET
C.6.1. Replacing PA Transistors
Although there is no adhesive used in attaching the transistors, you may find that they remain in place after the mounting screw is removed, and the terminals are loosened. However, the transistors should easilypop loose if you apply some leverage to the transistor case. One way to do this is toinsertthe shaft of a small screwdriverinto the mounting hole, then gently pry with the screwdriver.
When installing new transistors, trim the leadlengthsothattheleadsextend well into the terminal blocks, but not so far as to bear against the back end. A length of 0.36" works well.
Tighten the transistor mounting screw first, to no more th an 5 inch-pounds. Tightentheterminal block screws only after the mounting screw has been tightened.
C.7. Scoping the RF Drive
Measuring the RF drive with a scope can be very meaningful in terms of identifying blown transistors or a general RF drive problem.
A failed PA transistor will usually cause the RF drive level for that particular pair of transistorstodroptoaverylowvalue.For this reason, checking the drive levelson the PA module(s) can help to readily identify shorted transistors.
If a large number of PA transistorswere to short,it would possiblyloaddownthe entire drive system. This will cause all of the PA inputs to be somewhat low in drive, but the inputs with shorted transistors would be very low in drive.
NOTE
Insure that the REMOTE/LOCAL switch
located on the Controller board is in the
LOCAL position before performing the
checks outlined below. When the switch
is in the REMOTE position, RF Drive
and PDM are muted until the high volt-
age is turned on. After performing these
checks, set the switch back in the RE-
MOTE position.
It is usually advisable to check the RF drive amplitude on the module before turn­ing on the high voltage. It is not usually necessary to readjust the IPA tuning.
RF Drive level is measured on the PA modules with an oscilloscope. Place the oscilloscope probe across R13 or the equivalentterminal of any PA module. The probe tip connects to the side closest to the PA transistors.
Attach the probe ground lead to the RF drivegroundplane, which is the end of R13 furthest from the transistors. Do not use the cabinet or chassis ground as this will give an incorrect waveform. Proper drive level should be 26-32 volts peak to peak on all eightinputsofeach PAmodule A1, A2, A3, and A4, with the high voltage OFF.
C.8. RF Drive Phasing Measurement
NOTE
Ensure that the REMOTE/LOCAL switch
located on the Controller board is set to
the LOCAL position before performing
the checks outlined below.
The RF drive phasing measurement may be useful in locating some problems which may be obscure to other means of trou­bleshooting. Repeated failuresof a particu­lar PA transistor set might be caused by a large drive phasing imbalance. Drive phase imbalance c ould also reduce PA efficiency.
Measurements of the RF drive are made with the transmitter in the OFF mode, but thelowvoltagesupplyshouldbeenergized. This is the usual condition when the trans­mitter is ready to be turned on.
For the following procedure, an oscillo­scopewhich can be externallytriggered will be required. This will allow examinationof thephaserelationship betweendrivesignals on the PA.
Connect an oscilloscope across R13 posi­tion on a PA module, with the probe tip on the end of R13 closest to the transistors. (Depending on the frequency of the trans­mitter R13 may or may not be installed,
C-2 888-2314-001 Rev. AE: 03-05-2002
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 73
howeverthemounting terminalsforR13 are always in place.
The voltage across R13 should be 26-32
volts peak-to-peak.
Adjust the horizontal vernier of the oscil­loscope so that one full RF cycle occupies a certain number of divisions on the oscil­loscope. For example: 7.2 divisions. Each division is then 50 degrees (there are 360 degrees in one cycle).
Use the external trigger input of the oscil­loscope and connect it to J4 or R25 on the RF Oscillator.
Adjustthe scope triggering,thenverifyits operation by disconnecting the external trigger input. The oscilloscope should lose sync as this is done.
Increase the vertical sensitivity of the os­cilloscope by a step or two. This will cause the trace to go off scale.
Table C-1. PA Module, Controls &
Indicators
1thru8 PA Current
Limiting Fuses
These fuses protect other circuitry in the transmitter should a portion of a PA module fail. As a result of the fusing scheme used in the transmitter, sections of a power amplifier may fail and still allow the remaining sections of the power amplifier to operate properly.
CAUTION
THESE FUSES ARE SPECIAL RECTIFIER TYPE FUSES ESPECIALLY DESIGNED TO PROTECT RECTIFIERS AND TRANSIS­TORS. USE OF REGULAR GLASS FUSES DEFEATSTHE PROTECTIONAND CAN RE­SULT IN DESTRUCTION OF THE GLASS CASE - POSSIBLY RESULTING IN PERSON­NELINJURYFROMFLYINGGLASSOR FROM GLASS PARTICLES THROWN INTO THE TRANSMITTER INTERIOR.
Figure C-2. PA Transistor Identification
and Controls and Indicators (Viewed from Component Side of Board)
Rev. AF: 06-21-2002 888-2314-001 C-3
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
CAUTION
THE RECTIFIER TYPE FUSE IS FASTER ACTING THAN THE REGULAR FAST ACT­INGFUSESANDSOISUSEDTOPREVENT CASCADING FAILURES. A PA FAILURE MAY OCCUR WITHOUT UNDUE STRESS ONTHE MODULATOR.USE OF THEGLASS TYPE FUSES DEFEATS THIS P ROTECTION ANDWILLVOIDTHEWARRANTY.
Page 74
Disconnect the vertical input, then adjust vertical positioning so that the oscilloscope trace is exactly in the middle of the screen.
Reconnect the vertical input.
Increase the sweep speed of the oscillo­scope.Ifthe scope has a X10 multiplier,use it to make the oscilloscope show 5 degrees per division horizontally (50 degrees di­vided by 10). Otherwise increase the sweep speed as possible to increase the resolution of the oscilloscope to a valuecomparable to the 5 degree per division set up.
Adjustthehorizontalpositionoftheoscil­loscope to place the zero crossing of the RF drive signal in the center of the oscillo­scope. The oscilloscope has now been set uptomeasuredegreesof phase shiftrelative to the drivesignal across the R13 position.
Move the oscilloscope probe to R14, the next RF drive test point.
If the oscilloscope trace passes exactly through the center of the screen, the phase of the drive across R14 is the same (0 de­grees)as across R13. If thezero crossing on the oscilloscope occurs somewhere other than the centerof the screen,then that drive
signal differs from the R13 reference by an amount which can be measured according to the calibration setup.
Checkthephase of thedrivesignalsacross R23, R24, R33, R34,R43, and R44 on each PA module.
Total variation in drive phasing should be no more than +/-5 degrees.
Possible causes for RF drive phase imbal­ance are:
FailedPA Transistors.A simple ohmme­ter check of the transistors will nearly al­ways identify defective ones. Failed transistors shou ld also present problems which are more easily identified than drive phase error, such as reduced power output, PA VOLTS/AMPS ratio change, blown fuse, low RF drive voltage, etc.
Frequency Determined Component Wrong. Check to see that the PA input
tuning components such as L14, C10, R11, L13, and R13 are properly soldered and are in good physical condition. If any of these components have recently been installed, recheck their values. To determine if the fault is with the PA module or the drive
cable, make an impedance
measurement of each drive input.
Bad RF Drive Cable.The RF drive cable
consists of eight individual coaxes. If the shield of one coax is open, the drive will be different for one set of transistors. Remove the RF drive cable from the splitter board. An ohmmeter check between all shields on the splitter end of the cable should show zero ohms if the other end is still plugged into the PA. Be sure to flex the cable some to check for intermittent connections.
Bad RF Drive Tran sformer. If possible,
make comparisons between the RF imped­ance at each PAinput (L14, L15, L24, L25, L34, L35, L44, and L45). An input which measures an unusual voltage or phase will also have an unusual impedance. If you have identified an input which has an un­usual impedance, you will need to deter­mine the cause. This can be accomplished by swapping transistors, and making com­parison impedance measurements while shortcircuitingthe terminalsofthe RFdrive transformers.
Figure C-3
Upper Trace - PA Output Amplitude Equal to PA Voltage
Lower Trace - PA Inputs, 26-32Vp-p
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (H)
000 0000 010 . . B/M NOTE: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 EA C010 C015 C020 C025 C030 C035 C040 C045 L014 L015
350 0037 000 . . RIVET POP .125X.265. . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 EA
354 0309 000 . . TERM SOLDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56.0 EA E002 E003 E004 E005 E006 E007 E008 E009 E010 E013
358 2837 000 . . STUD, PC BD 4-40 X 5/16. . . . . . . . 10.0 EA
C-4 888-2314-001 Rev. AE: 03-05-2002
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
PWA, PA MODULE - 992 9714 001
L024 L025 L034 L035 L044 L045
E014 E015 E016 E017 E018 E019 E020 E023 E024 E025 E026 E027 E028 E029 E030 E033 E034 E035 E047 E048 E049 E050 E051 E053 E054 E055 E056 E057 E058 E060 E061 E063 E064 E065 E067 E068 E069 E070 E072 E073 E074 E075 E076 E077 E078 E079
Page 75
#E011 #E012 #E021 #E022 #E031 #E032 #E041 #E042 E1
AND BELOW F11
358 3032 000 . . STANDOFF 4-40 1/2L 1/4HEX. . . . . 10.0 EA E001 E001A E011 E012 E021 E022 E031 E032 E041 E042
380 0681 000 . . XSTR IRFP350 ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.0 EA Q011 Q012 Q013 Q014 Q021 Q022 Q023 Q024 Q031 Q032
Q033 Q034 Q041 Q042 Q043 Q044
3820355000.. IC,4N25 ESD ................. 1.0EA U001
382 0707 000 . . IC, LM335AZ ESD. . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA TC001
384 0020 000 . . RECTIFIER IN4005 ESD. . . . . . . . . 8.0 EA CR011 CR012 CR021 CR022 CR031 CR032 CR041 CR042
384 0777 000 . . RECTIFIER MR504 ESD. . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA CR013 CR023 CR033 CR043
386 0412 000 . . ZENER, DUAL 18V 3W ESD . . . . . 16.0 EA CR117 CR118 CR119 CR120 CR217 CR218 CR219 CR220
CR317 CR318 CR319 CR320 CR417 CR418 CR419 CR420
398 0403 000 . . FUSE, RECTIFIER 3A 250V . . . . . . 8.0 EA F011 F012 F021 F022 F031 F032 F041 F042
402 0129 000 . . CLIP, 1/4 DIA FUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.0 EA XF011 XF012 XF021 XF022 XF031 XF032 XF041 XF042
410 0413 000 . . INSULATOR PAD FOR TO-247. . . . 16.0 EA
494 0395 000 . . CHOKE 40UH 2 AMP . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.0 EA L011 L012 L021 L022 L031 L032 L041 L042
494 0398 000 . . CHOKE RF 10.0UH +/- 10% . . . . . . 8.0 EA L013 L016 L023 L026 L033 L036 L043 L046
506 0246 000 . . CAP 0.47UF 63V 5% . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA C001
508 0537 000 . . CAP .047 UF 600WVDC 5% . . . . . . 8.0 EA C016 C017 C026 C027 C036 C037 C046 C047
508 0538 000 . . CAP .15 UF 400WVDC 5% . . . . . . . 8.0 EA C012 C014 C022 C024 C032 C034 C042 C044
508 0554 000 . . CAP 3300PF 600WVDC. . . . . . . . . . 8.0 EA C018 C019 C028 C029 C038 C039 C048 C049
516 0081 000 . . CAP, DISC .01UF 1KV 20%. . . . . . . 8.0 EA C011 C013 C021 C023 C031 C033 C041 C043
516 0453 000 . . CAP .1UF 100V 20% X7R . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA C050
540 1600 118 . . RES 51 OHM 3W 5%. . . . . . . . . . . . 8.0 EA R011 R012 R021 R022 R031 R032 R041 R042
540 1600 123 . . RES 82 OHM 3W 5%. . . . . . . . . . . . 16.0 EA R013A R013B R014A R014B R023A R023B R024A R024B
R033A R033B R034A R034B R043A R043B R044A R044B
540 1600 417 . . RES 47K OHM 3W 5%. . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R001
610 0830 000 . . HEADER, 10 PIN PC RIBBON. . . . . 1.0 EA J001
610 0873 000 . . HEADER KIT, 20 PIN EJECT . . . . . 1.0 EA J002
612 0301 000 . . JACK BANANA BRASS . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA J011 J021 J031 J041
612 0401 000 . . JACK, BANANA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA J003
614 0909 000 . . TERM STRIP, 3C PCB MODULAR 237 . 17.0 EATB001 TB002 TB003 TB004 TB005 TB006 TB007 TB008
TB009 TB010 TB011 TB012 TB013 TB014 TB015 TB016
TB017
8170914015.. SPACER...................... 1.0EA #J003
817 0914 021 . . SPACER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA #J011 #J021 #J031 #J041
8435400161.. SCH,PAMODULE.............. 0.0EA
843 5400 163 . . PWB, PA MODULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA
843 5400 266 . . COMPONENT LOCATOR,PA MODULE BD . . . . . 0.0 EA
922 1295 001 . . HEATSINK, PA MODULE. . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA
922 1295 002 . . SPACER, PA MODULE . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA
939 5695 054 . . TRANSFORMER, TOROID . . . . . . . 8.0 EA T011 T012 T021 T022 T031 T032 T041 T042
999 2889 001 . . HARDWARE LIST, PA MODULE. . . 1.0 EA
Rev. AE: 03-05-2002 888-2314-001 C-5
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 76
C-6 888-2314-001 Rev. AE: 03-05-2002
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 77
SECTION D
OUTPUT NETWORK
D.1. Principles of Operation
The Output Network is a Butterworth bandpass filter which passesthe carrier fre­quency but attenuates all harmonics, and a TEE section which matches to a range of impedancesonthetransmitteroutput termi­nal.
The bandpass filter consists of a series resonant LC section (L1-C1), a parallel resonanttankcircuit (L2-C2),seriescapaci­tor C3, and a portion of the Tuning coil.
In addition to being part of the bandpass filter, the L1 and L2 coils provide adjust­ments which are used in the factory setup for matching the PA output to the network. ThePA combining impedance, as measured looking into the network is roughly 7 ohms per PA module, and a slightly negative re­actance depending on carrier frequency.
The TEE matching network, which the Tuning and Loading controls are part of, is designed with a 45 degree phase shift. This results in minimal interaction between the two controls.
The normal input and output impedance for the TEE network is 50 ohms. However, the TEE network is designed with the capa­bility to match an output impedance of up to a 1.5:1 VSWR. This allows the PA mod­ule(s) to be tuned to the most desirable impedance, given a range of output load impedances.
The shunt leg of the TEE network func­tions as a third harmonic trap as well as being a part of the impedance matching.
D.2. Adjustment Procedures
D.2.1. Tuning And Loading Controls
The Tuning and Loading controls are ba­sicallytobe adjusted foranullin the VSWR Detector Null reading on the multimeter. This adjustment achieves 50 ohm j0 at a certain point in the Output Network.
However,it should also be recognizedthat it is possible at many frequencies to have a setting of the Tuning and Loading controls whichresult in obtaining the wrong50 ohm point.This wrong 50 ohm point would only be found by changing the controls dramati­cally from the factory setting.
The wrong 50 ohm point is one in which a larger than normal portion of both the Tuning and Loading controls is used. The bandwidth of the network will be reduced, andmore stress will occuron the C4 capaci­tor in the Output Network.
Finding the correct 50 ohm point is a matter of initially setting bothcoils at mini-
mum inductance, which is with their tapsat the top of the coils.
As the coils are then adjusted downward for 50 ohms (whether by impedance meas­urement or by nulling the VSWR Detector reading), the first setting where 50 ohms is achieved is the correct setting.
D.2.2. Output Network Cold Tuning
The Output Network will not likely re­quire complete adjustment unless you change frequency. The information is in­cludedhere forthatpurpose,or forchecking of its a lignment if there are concerns about its adjustment.
WARNING
ENSURE ALL VOLTAGE HAS BEEN RE­MOVED FROM TRANSMITTER AND GROUNDING STICK IS USED TO GROUNDALL POINTS WHERE ACORRF POWER HAS BEEN APPLIED BEFORE PROCEEDING.
The following paragraphs describe a cold tuning procedure for the Output Network. Allvoltagemust be removedfrom the trans­mitter in order to cold tune the Output Net­work. Tuning the Output Network should not be attempted in the presence of an RF field on or near the frequency of the trans­mitter. For example, the procedure for set up cannot be used while astandbytransmit­ter is on. The p resence of an RF field on the same or adjacent frequency will severally impair achieving proper adjustment.
D.2.2.1. Third Harmonic Trap L7-C4
Disconnect from the TUNING coil (A21L4)thestrap which goes toA21L7,the third harmonic coil. This will separate the third harmonic trap circuit from the rest of the Output Network.
Adjust L7 for resonance (minimum im­pedance)atthethirdharmonicofthecarrier frequency. This may be accomplished with an RF bridge, vector impedance meter, or any suitable impedance measuring device connected between L7 and ground near A21C4.
Resonance may also be determinedwith a variable RF generator when used with an oscilloscope and a resistor. Put a 10k ohm resistor in series with the RF signal going to the trap circuit. Connect the oscilloscope with a low capacitiveprobe to the trap coil. Resonance occurs at the frequency where the amplitude on the oscilloscope is mini­mum.
D.2.2.2. Bandpass Filter L2-C2
Disconnect the strap which connects to the input side (towards rear of transmitter) of A21 C3.
Disconnect the strap which connects to the feedthrough bolt on the enclosure con­taining A21L1 and A21C1.
Connect an RF bridge, vector impedance meter,oranysuitableimpedancemeasuring devicebetweenthestrapwhich was discon­nected from A21 C3 and ground.
L2-C2 is set for resonance(maximumim­pedance) at the carrier frequency.AdjustL2 by rotating the entire coil. It will be neces­sary to loosen mounting hardware in order to accomplish this.
CAUTION
THE RESONANT FREQUENCY OF L2-C2 MUST BE MEASU RED ONLY WHEN THE REAR PANEL IS INSTALLED.A FREQUENCY SHIFTOFAPPROXIMATELY4KHZWILLBE NOTED WHEN THE REAR PANEL IS OPEN.
Due to the close proximity of the rear panel, it is necessary to have the rear panel installed for reading the exact resonance of L2-C2.L2-C2shouldbe set to resonance no more than 2 kHz from carrier frequency.
At resonance the impedance of L2-C2 is 2500 ohms or more.
D.2.2.3. TEE Network - Load and Tune
ReconnectL2-C2 to A21 C3. The strap to the feedthrough bolt on the L1-C1 enclo­sure should still be disconnected.
Connect the RF bridge to the bracket (rear) end of A21 L2.
Before beginning the following adjust­ment procedure, rotate the LOADING coil and the TUNINGcoil to the right until both stop. This should put the sliding taps of the Tuning and Loading controls at the top of their range. This should put the coils at minimum inductance.
While monitoring the RF bridge, adjust the LOADING and TUNING coils for 50 ohms j0 but do not adjust either coil more than one complete turn without first adjust­ing the other coil.
Reconnectthe strap to theL1-C1Feedthru bolt. Disconnect PA module A1 from L1. ConnectanRFBridgetoL1(whereA1was disconnected) and ground.
NOTE
Refer to factory test data sheet for data
on the PA combining impedance.
D.2.2.4. L2 Sliding T ap
The tap on L2 issetfor the correct loading of the PA module. The impedance that the
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
888-2314-001 D-1
Page 78
PA module operates into is a complex im­pedance, with the resistive part being ap­proximately 7 ohms per PA module.
Sliding the tap towards the ground end of
L2 will result in heavier loading of the PA.
D.2.2.5. L1 Tap
L1setsthereactivecomponent that the PA modules should operate into. The PA nor­mallyseesanegativereactance with a value depending on frequency and performance related conditions.
D-2 888-2314-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 79
SECTION E
OUTPUT MONITOR (A18)
E.1. Principles of Operation
The Output Monitor board provides the VSWR detection, the dc voltage sample for the Power Output meter, and an adjustable RF Output sample for the six power levels.
The VSWR detector consists of a circuit to detect any difference between an RF voltage sample and an RF current sample taken from the Output Network at the back end of L2.
The two RF samples are matched up in amplitudeand phase on the Output Monitor board by C13 and C15. Withthese samples being equal in all respects, there is no dif­ferential applied to the primary of T1.
However, a c hange in impedance in the Output Network will alter the amplitude and/or phase relationship of these two sig­nals. This will create a difference signal whichT1willcouple to the diode circuitfor rectification.
Thediodecircuitcreatesadcvoltage which is read on the VSWR Detector Null reading on the Multimeter. This same dc voltageisusedbytheVSWRtripcircuitfor transmitter protection.
For the Power Output Meter, the RF cur­rent sample is rectified, filtered, and sent to the Controller board.
The Modulation Monitor sample is pro­vided by a toroidal pickup in the Output Network. Relays K1 through K5 switch
rheostatsincircuittoaffectthe samplevolt­age so that the monitor sample may be the same for all six power levels.
E.2. Replacement/Alignment
If the Output Monitor needs to be re­aligned for any reason or replaced, the fol­lowing procedure applies.
Before aligning the VSWR detector cir­cuit,itis importantthat the Output Network be properly tuned for 50 ohms j0 at the bracket at the back end of L2. Refer to the description of Output Network tuning in Section D.
With the Tuning of the Output Network having been verified as good, disconnect plug P1 from the Output Monitor, and con­nect an RF generator tuned to the carrier frequency across R18. Connect a scope at the junction of L4 and C11.
Adjust trimmer capacitor, C14, to mini­mize the signal as seen on the scope. This resonates the primary circuit of the VSWR Detector Null transformer, T1.
Plug P1 back in.Turnthe transmitterback on, and alternately adjust C13 and C15 to minimize the VSWR Detector Null reading on the multimeter.Thismatches the VSWR Detector circuit to the 50 ohm tuning of the Output Network.
The monitor sample levels should be set according to the needs of your particular
monitor.If you are not connecting a modu­lation monitor to J3, then leave rheostats R8, R11, R23, R24, R27, and R30 fully counterclockwise. This will result in no power being lost in the rheostats.
E.3. Troubleshooting
E.3.1. Symptom: Detector Null Read-
ing Is High and Cannot Be Ad­justed To Zero.
Possible causes:
E.3.1.1. Bad Load Impedance
Verify that the load impedance is normal. There should be 50 ohms j0 at the bracket end of L2.
E.3.1.2. Sample Signal Missing
Given t hat the impedance at the L2 bracket is normal, the most likely cause for the problem is that one of t he RF samples is missing. Check for presence of RF at both inputsof the detectorcircuit(J1-5 andJ1-7). It takes both inputs, equal in amplitude and phase, to havezero output from this circuit.
If the RF current sample is missing, the Power Meter should also read zero. This might be caused by a broken wire leading up to the toroid, or possibly the protection diode A18CR11 on the toroid assembly A18T1 is shorted. This assembly is located on the bracket end of L2.
Rev.AE: 03-05-2002 888-2314-001 E-1
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 80
E-2 888-2314-001 Rev.AE: 03-05-2002
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Figure E-1. Output Monitor Board
Page 81
OUTPUT MONITOR - 992 8144 001
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (N)
000 0000 000 . . SHADOW&PAPER B/M COMPARED0.0 EA C009 C010 L002 L003 L004
254 0001 000 . . WIRE, BUS CU 22AWG. . . . . . . . . . 1 FT
335 0001 000 . . WASHER NYLON .149 ID . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA
357 0056 000 . . NUT, HEX 4-40 NYLON WHITE . . . 1.0 EA
3570066000.. SCREW4-40X1/2.............. 1.0EA
380 0125 000 . . XSTR, NPN 2N4401 ESD . . . . . . . . 5.0 EA Q001 Q002 Q003 Q004 Q005
384 0321 000 . . *DIODE 5082-2800 ESD . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA CR006 CR007
384 0612 000 . . DIODE 1N3070 ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.0 EA CR001 CR002 CR003 CR004 CR005 CR009 CR010
386 0085 000 . . ZENER, 1N4740A 10V ESD . . . . . . 1.0 EA CR008
494 0198 000 . . CHOKE RF 10MH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA L001
500 0836 000 . . CAP, MICA, 500PF 500V . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA C007
500 0841 000 . . CAP, 750PF 300V 5% . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA C011
500 0844 000 . . CAP, MICA, 1000PF 100V 5%. . . . . 1.0 EA C008
500 0854 000 . . CAP, VAR, 300-1000PF 175V . . . . . 3.0 EA C013 C014 C015
500 0878 000 . . CAP, MICA, 1500PF 500V 5%. . . . . 1.0 EA C006
516 0453 000 . . CAP .1UF 100V 20% X7R . . . . . . . . 5.0 EA C001 C002 C003 C004 C005
516 0891 000 . . CAP 0.100UF 10% 50V . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA C012
540 1600 115 . . RES 39 OHM 3W 5%. . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA R017 R018
540 1600 201 . . RES 100 OHM 3W 5%. . . . . . . . . . . 8.0 EA R012 R013 R021 R022 R025 R026 R028 R029
540 1600 207 . . RES 180 OHM 3W 5%. . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R006
540 1600 210 . . RES 240 OHM 3W 5%. . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R014
548 2400 301 . . RES 1K OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . . 6.0 EA R001 R002 R003 R004 R005 R019
548 2400 347 . . RES 3.01K OHM 1/2W 1%. . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R015
548 2400 366 . . RES 4.75K OHM 1/2W 1%. . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R016
548 2400 569 . . RES 511K OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R020
552 0292 000 . . RHEO 175 OHM 12.5W . . . . . . . . . . 6.0 EA R008 R011 R023 R024 R027 R030
574 0474 000 . . RELAY SPDT 12VDC 3A. . . . . . . . . 5.0 EA K001 K002 K003 K004 K005
610 0830 000 . . HEADER, 10 PIN PC RIBBON. . . . . 1.0 EA J002
610 0831 000 . . HDR, STR, 8 PIN, RD . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA J001
620 1677 000 . . RECEPTACLE, PC MT, BNC. . . . . . 1.0 EA J003
650 0254 000 . . KNOB, ROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.0 EA
839 7920 019 . . SCHEM, OUTPUT MONITOR . . . . . 0.0 EA
843 5141 014 . . PWB, OUTPUT MONITOR. . . . . . . . 1.0 EA
843 5400 258 . . COMPONENT LOCATOR, OUTPUT 0.0 EA 917 0914 179 . . TRANSFORMER, PHASE ANGLE. . 1.0 EA T001
Rev.AE: 03-05-2002 888-2314-001 E-3
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 82
E-4 888-2314-001 Rev.AE: 03-05-2002
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 83
SECTION F
PDM GENERATOR (A15)
F.1. Principles Of Operation
The purpose of the PDM Generator board is to produce the pulse width modulated signals which set up the carrier power and to convert the incoming audio to a PDM signal to modulate the transmitter.
The audio input circuitry starting at pins J1-5andJ1-7is a balanced input terminated in 600 ohms with RFI filtering. Diodes CR1, CR2, CR3 and CR4 act as clamps to prevent the audio signals from going more than +/-15 volts.
Operational amps whose outputs are U1­7, U1-1 and U1-8 consist of a solid state transformer which converts the incoming balanced audio to a single ended signal at pin U1-8. R21 adjusts the audio input gain continuously from -10 dBm to +10 dBm. From there the audio may pass through a Bessellow passfilterthrough opampsU2-7 and U2-1. Switch 1 determines whether the Bessel filter is in the audio circuitry path or not.
This Bessel filter is switchable and just slightly rolls off the high frequency audio to prevent excessive overshoot of the PDM filter during square wave modulation.
Past S1, multiplier U15 acts as a modula­tiontrackingamplifierand addsthedcfrom R105 and R107, and the audio throughR31 into the power output control U12.
The analog power control signal from the Controller comes in on J1-3, and is ampli­fied by U12. This IC outputs a dc power control signal with audio level tracking up anddownwithit.U12providesthissignal to the output comparators of the PDM gen­erator. R111 is adjusted to give 0 pulse width when the analog power signal is at minimum.
ThetrianglewavecircuitryofthePDM generator begins with U11, a 240 kHz os­cillator whose output is a 5 volt peak-to­peak square wave. This signal is sent to divider U4. It divides the 240 kHz by 4 and produces two 60 kHz square waves whose phase re la tionship is 90 degrees apart. These two square waves drive the Op Amp integrators, consisting of U7 and U8.
The integrators produce triangle waves which are connected to the output compa­rators U9 and U10. These comparators de­velopthe four phasesof PDM signalsusing the two phases of dc/audio and the two phases of triangle waves. Each comparator IC produces outputs which are 180 degrees out of phase from each other. This occurs because the two polarities of audio cause
comparator action at different halves of the triangle wave cycle.
Since one trangle wave is 90 degrees out of phase to the other, four phases of PDM are developed.
The 4 PDM signals leave the PDM Gen­erator board on J2, and go to the PDM Amplifiers.
The outputs of comparators U9 and U10 are open collector outputs. The supply for the open collector outputs is derived from the emitter follower pair of Q4 and Q5. A HIGH input (about 5 volts) is supplied to J1-1 by the Controller board which will cause Q3 to conduct. This turns off Q6 and allows its collector to rise to +15 volts and the emitter followers Q4 and Q5 will apply about 14 volts to the output circuit.
During a PDM Interrupt a logic 0 is ap­pliedtoJ1-1bytheControllerboard andthe processabovereverses.Zerovoltsisap­plied to the output circuit. Diodes CR20­CR23 are used to speed up the discharge of the capacitance of the coaxial cables from thePDMGeneratortothePDM Amplifiers.
The +15 volt power supply starts with an RFIfilter, L1 and C85.Thisfilterrejectsany RF energy that would be coupled in via the 20 volt supply on J1 pin 17 and 19. Diode CR14 prevents the input of voltage regula­tor U3 from going negative. CR16 on the output of U3 acts as a transient suppressor and prevents the output of the voltageregu­lator from going above a pproximately 15 volts.DiodeCR15protectsU3ifthere should be a short on the input. LED DS1 illuminates to indicate that the 15 volt sup­ply is basically working.
This same discussion applies to the nega­tive 15 volt supply except all the voltage polarities are reversed.
F.2. Replacement/Alignment
If you are replacing the PDM Generator board, or checking its adjustment, the fol­lowing procedures should be used.
Set one of the front panel Power Level pots fully counter clockwise.
Connect an oscilloscope to an output of the PDM Generator at the right side of R45. Thisisthesamepoint as the anode of CR23.
Turn the transmitter on at the power level
that is set to zero.
Adjust R111 (zero power adjust) so that there is only a very narrow width pulse at the output of the PDM Generator. Then adjust R111 clockwise until the pulse just disappears. There should be no PA current,
PA voltage or power output is observed on the front panel meters.
Operate the transmitterat a normal power level with the normal amount of audio ap­plied. Adjust R21 for the desired amount of modulation.
F.3. Troubleshooting PDM Generat or
F.3.1. Symptom: No Pulses At J4, Caus-
ingZeroPowerOutputfromthe Transmitter
Ensurethat the REMOTE/LOCALswitch located on the Controller board is set to the LOCAL position before performing the checks outlined below. RF Drive and PDM are turned off when this switch is in RE­MOTE position and transmitter is turned off. After performing these checks, set the switchbacktotheREMOTEposition.
Possible causes:
F.3.1.1. Power Setting
Check the PDM Power Level reading on the Multimeter. An up scale reading should produce pulses out of the PDM Generator.
F.3.1.2. Loss of Plus and Minus 15 Volts
Observe the +/-15 volt LEDS (DS1 and DS2) on the PDM Generator. These should be lit whenever low voltage is applied. Measure the +15 volts at the cathode of CR16 and -15 volts at the anode of CR19.
F.3.1.3. PDM Interrupt
Check the voltage at the emitter of Q4/Q5 on the PDM Generator. It should be about 15 volts.If it is near zerovolts,checkfor+5 volts at J1-1. This is accessible on R100. The voltage at J1-1 is about 5 volts for normal operation and near zero during a PDM Interrupt. Q5 and/or Q6 may be at faultif5voltsispresentatJ1-1,butno+15 voltsispresentattheemitterofQ4/Q5.A continuousPDMInterruptsignal (J1-1low) would be the fault of circuitry on the Con­troller board.
F.3.1.4. DC/Audio Failure
Measure the voltage at DIP resistor R17 pin 2 and U1-14. Normally this will be 1 to 2 volts depending on PDM level.
Loss Of Triangle Waves. Using an oscil­loscope, check at U9-9 and U10-9 for a
3.6-4.0 volts peak to peak 60 kHz triangle wave. If no triangle waves exist at U9 and U10, check for square waves at U4 pins 2 and 12.
If the square wavesexist at U4 pins 2 and 12, but no triangle waves are on U 9 and
Rev.AE: 03-05-2002 888-2314-001 F-1
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 84
U10, U7 and U8 are suspect. These are the
1
2
3
4
5
integrator amplifiers which take a square wave inputs, and convert them to triangle waves.
If the square waves are not getting to integrator amplifiers U7 and U8, use the oscilloscope to check the output of the 240 kHz oscillator at U11-3. This should be a 240 kHz square wave close to 5 volts peak­to-peak.
If no such signal is present, U4 is possibly at fault. If U11 is working properly, use the scope to check the outputs of U4 at pins 2 and 12.
60 kHz square waves (5 V peak to peak) should be at pins 2 and 12.
F.3.2. Symptom: Imbalance In Output
Pulse Widths
Possible causes:
F.3.2.1. Audio Imbalance
An imbalance in the two phases of the DC/AUDIO circuitry is characterized by an imbalancei n the dutycyclebetweenthe two outputs of both threshold comparators U9 andU10.Each dual comparatorisdrivenby one triangle wave and both phasesofaudio. Any duty cycle imbalance between the two outputs of either U9 or U10 is most likely caused by a failure of U1 or U2 in the DC/AUDIO circuitry.
Measure the voltages at DIP resistor R17 pin 7 and U1-14. These shouldbe 2 voltsor less,equal,and opposite inpolarity.R17pin 7 will normally be positive and U1-14 will be the negative mirror image. Major dis­similaritiesin the voltage at U1-14and R17 pin7areprobablycausedby a failure of U1.
Figure F-1. PDM Generator, Controls and Indicators
Table F-1. PDM Generator, Controls and Indicators
1 +20VFuse,A15F1 .5Ampfuse(3AG)usedtoprotect+20
2 -20V Fuse, A15F2 .5 Amp fuse (3AG) used to protect -20
3 Zero PowerAdjust A15R111 4 Flat/Bessel SelectControl,A15S1 Selects type of frequency response
5 Audio InputLevelAdjustment,A15R21 Adjusts audio input level from -10 to
F-2 888-2314-001 Rev.AE: 03-05-2002
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
voltsupply from over current condition.
voltsupply from over current condition.
transmitter will have. Highest modulation density will be obtained in BESSEL position, while flatter frequency response will be obtained in FLAT position.
+10 dBm.
F.3.2.2. Triangle Wave Imbalance
An imbalance in the triangle waves driving the output comparators will result in the out­puts of U9 differing from those of U10. If the DC/AUDIO balance is correct, both outputs of U9 will be the same, but willdifferinpulse width from the outputs of U10.
Using an oscilloscope, check the triangle waves at U9-5 and U10-5 per Figure F-3. These signals should be exactly the same (except for their phase relationship). Each shouldbea3.5-4.0volt peak topeak60kHz triangle wave.
Differencesinpeaktopeakamplitude maybecausedbythesquarewavetotrian­gle wave integrator, U7 or U8.
F.3.3. Symptom: Output(s) At J2 Al-
ways In A High S tate, Causing OneorMorePdmAmplifiersto Conduct Full Time
This problem may be found without turn­ing on the high voltage. Identify which out-
Page 85
put(s) of the PDM generator are at fault by connecting a voltmeter or oscilloscope to R45, R46, R62, and R63. The faulty out­put(s) will be as much as 14 volts positive if read on a voltmeter,or continuously high if observed on a scope (DC coupled). Refer to Figue F-4.
F.3.4. Symptom: Only One Output High
This is probably a fault of U9 or U10
depending on the output line in question.
F.3.5. Symptom: Two Outputs Are High
If the signals at R45 and R62 are both high, U1 most likely has failed. Check the voltage at U1-14. Normally it is -2 volts or less, but in this case it might be +2 volts or greater.
F.3.6. Symptom: All Four Outputs Are
High
CheckthePDM Levelreadingon the Mul­timeter. If it is excessively high (such as pinned) the problem would be on the Con­trollerin the power level summing circuitry U19.
If the PDM Level is okay, the problem couldbecausedbyU1,U2,U12orU15on the PDM Generator. Check the voltage at R17 pin 7. Normally it is+1 to +2 volts, but in this case may be further negative.
Check the output of the audio input am­plifier at U1 pin 8. This should be practi­callyzerovolts.Ifitisnot,tryreplacingU1.
If no fault is found with U1, try replacing U12.
U15 may be the cause oftheproblemif no other is identified.
Figure F-2
Upper Trace - U4-2, 5Vp-p
Lower Trace - U4-12, 5Vp-p
Figure F-3
Upper Trace - U9-5, 3.5-4Vp-p
Lower Trace - U10-5, 3.5-4Vp-p
Figure F-4 Upper Trace - R63, right side, 13Vp-p Lower Trace - R62, right side, 13Vp-p
Rev.AE: 03-05-2002 888-2314-001 F-3
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 86
PDM GENERATOR - 992 8145 001
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (Y)
380 0125 000 . . XSTR, NPN 2N4401 ESD . . . . . . . . 3.0 EA Q003 Q004 Q006
380 0126 000 . . XSTR, PNP 2N4403 ESD . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA Q005
382 0184 000 . . IC, 340T-5/7805 +5V REG ESD. . . . 1.0 EA U006
382 0359 000 . . IC, 7815 ESD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA U003
382 0360 000 . . IC, 7915 ESD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA U005
382 0588 000 . . IC, 4013 ESD . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA U004
382 0617 000 . . IC, LM319 ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA U009 U010
382 0711 000 . . *PRECISION IC MULTIPLIER ESD 2.0 EA U012 U015
382 1038 000 . . IC, HA2-2605-5 ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA U007 U008
382 1664 000 . . IC, OP AMP, TL054 ESD . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA U001 U002
384 0205 000 . . DIODE SILICON 1N914/4148 ESD 9.0 EA CR001 CR002 CR003 CR004 CR020 CR021 CR022 CR023
CR025
384 0321 000 . . *DIODE 5082-2800 ESD. . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA CR024
384 0431 000 . . RECT. 1N4001 ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA CR014 CR015 CR017 CR018
384 0610 000 . . LED, GREEN ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA DS001 DS002
384 0720 000 . . TRANSZORB 1N6377 15V 5W ESD 2.0 EA CR016 CR019
386 0135 000 . . ZENER, 1N4733A 5.1V ESD . . . . . 1.0 EA CR026
386 0419 000 . . ZENER, LM236H 2.5V ESD . . . . . . 1.0 EA CR006
398 0015 000 . . FUSE,FAST CART .500A 250V . . . . 2.0 EA F001 F002
402 0129 000 . . CLIP, 1/4 DIA FUSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA XF001 XF002
404 0250 000 . . HEAT SINK FOR TO-5 CASE . . . . . 2.0 EA #U007 #U008
404 0513 000 . . HEAT SINK PA1-1CB. . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA #U003 #U005
404 0674 000 . . SOCKET, DIP, 14 PIN (DL) . . . . . . . 6.0 EA XR018 XU001 XU002 XU004 XU009 XU010
410 0335 000 . . INSULATOR SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA #U005
410 0344 000 . . INSULATOR KAPTON . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA #U005
494 0190 000 . . CHOKE RF 3300UH 80MA . . . . . . . 1.0 EA L003
494 0419 000 . . IND 1000UH 10% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA L004 L005
494 0445 000. . CHOKE HIGH CURRENT 470UH . . 2.0 EA L001 L002
500 0759 000 . . CAP, MICA, 100PF 500V 5%. . . . . . 4.0 EA C005 C010 C013 C015
500 0787 000 . . CAP, MICA, 200PF 500V 5%. . . . . . 4.0 EA C006 C014 C016 C020
500 0827 000 . . CAP, MICA, 130PF 500V 5%. . . . . . 1.0 EA C022
500 0832 000 . . CAP, MICA, 360PF 500V 5%. . . . . . 1.0 EA C026
500 0836 000 . . CAP, MICA, 500PF 500V. . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA C087
500 0838 000 . . CAP, MICA, 560PF 300V 5%. . . . . . 1.0 EA C021
500 0844 000 . . CAP, MICA, 1000PF 100V 5%. . . . . 1.0 EA C073
500 1218 000 . . CAP 820PF 300V 1%. . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA C082 C083
516 0074 000 . . CAP, DISC .005UF 1KV 20% . . . . . 4.0 EA C030 C031 C033 C034
516 0419 000 . . CAP .05 UF 500V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA C085 C086
516 0453 000 . . CAP .1UF 100V 20% X7R . . . . . . . . 28.0 EA C007 C008 C018 C019 C023 C024 C028 C029 C036 C037
C038 C041 C043 C046 C047 C048 C051 C053 C060 C062
C065 C066 C067 C070 C102 C103 C104 C105
516 0511 000 . . CAP 0.47UF 100V 20% . . . . . . . . . . 6.0 EA C040 C058 C078 C079 C080 C081
522 0572 000 . . CAP 3.3UF 50V 20% . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.0 EA C035 C042 C045 C049 C050 C052 C061 C064 C068 C069
522 0573 000 . . CAP 47UF 63V 20%. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA C074 C075 C076 C077
526 0049 000 . . CAP 6.8UF 35V 20% . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA C009 C017 C025 C027
526 0342 000 . . CAP 2.7UF 35V 10% . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA C106
540 1356 000 . . RES NETWORK 10K OHM 2% . . . . 1.0 EA R017
540 1403 000 . . RES NETWORK 22K OHM 1/4W 2% 1.0 EA R018
540 1600 015 . . RES 3.9 OHM 3W 5% . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA R066 R067
548 2400 101 . . RES 10 OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA R043 R044 R060 R061
548 2400 201 . . RES 100 OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA R011 R016 R019 R023
548 2400 205 . . RES 110 OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . 5.0 EA R052 R053 R055 R056 R100
548 2400 269 . . RES 511 OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA R102 R103
548 2400 281 . . RES 681 OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA R006 R057
F-4 888-2314-001 Rev.AE: 03-05-2002
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 87
548 2400 285 . . RES 750 OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA R045 R046 R062 R063
548 2400 309 . . RES 1.21K OHM 1/2W 1%. . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R099
548 2400 326 . . RES 1.82K OHM 1/2W 1%. . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R104
548 2400 330 . . RES 2K OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 EA R101 R201 R202
548 2400 366 . . RES 4.75K OHM 1/2W 1%. . . . . . . . 2.0 EA R041 R058
548 2400 369 . . RES 5.11K OHM 1/2W 1%. . . . . . . . 2.0 EA R012 R112
548 2400 377 . . RES 6.19K OHM 1/2W 1%. . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R107
548 2400 378 . . RES 6.34K OHM 1/2W 1%. . . . . . . . 2.0 EA R034 R035
548 2400 393 . . RES 9.09K OHM 1/2W 1%. . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R020
548 2400 401 . . RES 10K OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . 7.0 EA R007 R008 R022 R025 R031 R033 R108
548 2400 430 . . RES 20K OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA R109
548 2400 458 . . RES 39.2K OHM 1/2W 1%. . . . . . . . 2.0 EA R105 R110
548 2400 601 . . RES 1MEG OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . 5.0 EA R009 R010 R042 R059 R113
550 0949 000 . . TRIMPOT 100K OHM 1/2W 10%. . . 1.0 EA R021
550 0956 000 . . TRIMPOT 2K OHM 1/2W 10%. . . . . 1.0 EA R111
6040904000.. SW,TGLSPDT................. 1.0EA S001
610 0827 000 . . HEADER, 20 PIN PC RIBBON. . . . . 1.0 EA J001
610 0831 000 . . HDR, STR, 8 PIN, RD . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA J002
610 0933 000 . . JUMPER, PWB TEST POINT . . . . . 1.0 EA TP001
700 1358 000 . . XTAL OSC 240KHZ +5V CMOS . . . 1.0 EA U011
8397920022.. SCHEM,PDMGEN ............. 0.0EA
8435141017.. PWB,PDMGEN................ 1.0EA
843 5400 257 . . COMPONENT LOCATOR, PDM . . . 0.0 EA
9992608001.. HARDWARELIST............... 1.0EA
Rev.AE: 03-05-2002 888-2314-001 F-5
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 88
F-6 888-2314-001 Rev.AE: 03-05-2002
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 89
SECTION G
PDM AMPLIFIER/PULL-UP (A6-A9)
G.1. Principles of Operation
G.1.1. PDM Amplifier
The purpose of the PDM amplifier is to switch the PDM filter inputs to ground at a 60 kHz rate, determined by the pulses from the PDM generator.
The signal from the PDM generator is about 13 volts peak-to-peak, and comes in on J2-3 and J2-1 of the PDM Amplifiers. Plug P4 is positioned in 1 to 3 for a 5kW transmitter, and is positioned in 1 to 2 for a 1kW or 2kW transmitter. In the 1 to 3 posi­tion, it allows one PDM signal to drive all fourtransistorsonthePDMamplifier. Inthe other case, this allows two phases of the PDM signal to drive two separate pairs of PDM amplifier transistors.
The PDM input signalpasses through iso­lation resistors R11 and R31 and into cur­rentamplifiersU11 and U31. These ICsact as voltage followersand pass the PDM sig­nal to the class B drivers (transistors Q13, Q14, Q15, Q16, Q35, Q36 and Q33 and Q34). Only one half of the PDM amplifier drive circuitry will be discussed; the other half has exactly the same operation.
The push-pull driver transistors Q13 and Q14 are voltage followers. The outputs from U11-3 and -5 are identical. Therefore when the voltage is high, coming out of U11, Q13 will be o n; when the signal com­ing out of U11 is low,Q14 will be on.
Capacitor C14 in the base of transistor Q14 quickly discharges the base of Q14 whenturningitoff.CR14clampsthegate voltage of transistor Q19 to approximately 15 volts and acts as a transient suppressor to absorb any voltage transientson the gate of transistor Q19.
Diodes CR12 and CR13 have two pur­poses. Their first purpose is to provide two diode drops for any offset voltages from transistor Q14 and U11 when the PDM signalis low.Theirother purpose is to stand off the high voltage on the gate of Q19 if transistor Q19 should fail drain to gate.
Capacitors C17, C18 and C19 also have two purposes. The first is to passthe60 kHz signal to turn off Q19; the second is again to prevent the chances of failing driver cir­cuitry beyond CR14 if Q19 should fail, drain to gate. These capacitors then will charge up to the high voltage power supply and CR14 will clamp the voltage on the other side of the capacito rs to approxi­mately15volts.R21 actsa s a pull down and load resistor to help prevent any accidental turn on of Q19.
Transistors Q19 and Q20 are in parallel and will share the current from the PDM filter. When the incoming PDM signal is high,Q19 and Q20 willbe on and will short the PDM filterto ground. When the incom­ing PDM signal is low, t ransistors Q19 and Q20 will be off and the PDM filter will be un-terminatedand its voltage will rise to the power supply voltage.
C23, C46, C47 and R23 form a snubber circuit.Thiscircuitreduces the high voltage overshoot transient when Q19 turns off.
R25, R26, CR19, R27 and C 25 form a PDM status indicator for theControllerand thefrontdisplaypanel.Thisdetectoriswhat provides the sample for the PDM Fault LEDs.
PDMPull-Upboardfuse A6A1F1/F2 will open in the event of damper diode or PDM AmplifierMOSFET short circuitfailures.If a PDM phase line is short circuited on the output side of A6A1F1, t here will be 0 voltage sent to the Controller through this circuitonJ1pin7.IfPDMAmplifierMOS­FET(Q19orQ20)ortheassociateddamper diode is short circuited, a higher voltage than normal will be sent to the Controller on J1 pin 7 because A6A1F1/F2 will have opened. The PDM filter makes connection to the PDM amplifiers at jacks J5 and J6.
Damper diode CR1 prevents the voltage at the input side of the PDM filter from rising above the high voltage power supply when the PDM amplifier transistors turn off.The damper diodesmake connection to the power supply through the PDM pull up board.
G.1.2. PDM Pull-Up Board
The purpose of the PDM pull-up board is to provide the connection for the damper diode circuit and to reduce distortion at low power levels. Point E2 is connected to the high voltage power supply. It is also by­passed with a large electrolytic capacitor. C1 and C3 also provide additional switch­ing rate bypassing for the damper diode on the PDM amplifier.
As a function separate from PDM pull-up action, fuse A6A1F1/F2 provides over cur­rent protection if either the associated PDM Amplifier MOSFETs(Q19orQ20)or damper diode on the PDM Amplifier mod­ule short.
The PDM pull-up signal comes in on J1 from a heavily averaged current source which is formed by A19L1, a two henry chokeand A19R20,a500ohm resistor.This circuit compensates for stray capacitance in
the PDM Amplifier and reduces low power distortion.
G.2. Maintenance
G.2.1. PDM Amplifiers
NOTE
If a PDM AMPLIFIER fails shorted when operating at a reduced power, there will be an increase in the carrier power. The fuses will not necessarily blow because of the relatively low total transmitter power. In this case, it may be impossible to lower the output power to an acceptable level, and the transmitter will have distorted audio. If this condi­tion occurs, the transmitter should be re­moved from service and maintenance personnel alerted to the problem as quickly as possible. The failed amplifier maybeisolatedbyremovingthecorrect fuses from the PDM Pull Up board.
G.2.2. Gate Drive Checks
NOTE
Ensure that the REMOTE/LOCAL switch located on the Controller board is in the LOCAL position before performing the checks outlined below. When the switch is in the REMOTE position, RF Drive and PDM are disabled.
After performing these checks, set the
switchbackintheREMOTEposition.
Check jumper plug P4 next to the molex connector J2 to ensure it is between the correct terminals for your transmitter.
With only the low voltage on, check the PDM drive to the output transistors of the PDM Amplifiers. Connect an oscilloscope across R21, R22, R41 and R42 on the P DM Amplifiers with the ground side is away from the output transistors.
A 13 volts peak-to-peak 60 kHz pulse should be found at all eight resistors. The resistors are 47,000 ohms, 2 watts each.
When replacing the PDM Amplifiermod­ule, be sure an even coating of thermal compoundisappliedtothe mating heat sink surfaces. Be certain to tighten down the captive fasteners which mount the PDM Amplifiermodule to the heat sink. Be espe­cially sure to tighten the captive fastener which attaches the PDM Pull Up board to the large capacitor.
Rev. AE: 03-05-2002 888-2314-001 G-1
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 90
Figure G-1. PDM Pull-Up Board, Controls and Indicators
Table G-1. PDM Pull-Up Board, Controls and Indicators
1,2,3,4 A6A1F1-F4 (A6A1 located at rear of
transmitter).
1,2,3,4 A7A1F1-F4 (A7A1 located at rear of
transmitter).
1,2,3,4 A8A1F1-4 (A8A1 located at front of
transmitter).
1,2,3,4 A9A1F1-4 (A9A1 located at front of
transmitter).
1
2
3
4
Disconnects the PDM Amplifier/Damper Circuitry from PA Amplifier during an excessive supply current condition.
Disconnects the PDM Amplifier/Damper Circuitry from PA Amplifier during an excessive supply current condition.
Disconnects the PDM Amplifier/Damper Circuitry from PA Amplifier during an excessive supply current condition.
Disconnects the PDM Amplifier/Damper Circuitry from PA Amplifier during an excessive supply current condition.
CAUTION
ENSURE THAT THERMAL COMPOUND IS APPLIED TO PLATES OF THE PDM AMPLI­FIER BOARDS BEFORE THEY ARE IN­STALLEDON HEAT SINKS AND THAT HARD­WARE SECURING BOARD TO HEAT SINK IS PROPERLY TORQUED TO 6-INCH POUNDS. ALSO INSURE NO BURRS OR DIRT PARTI­CLES ARE ON THE MATING SURFACES, AS THESE WILL IMPAIR THE HEAT SINKING.
G.2.3. In-Circuit Ohmmetering the
PDM Amp Module (A6 thru A9) MOSFET’s
WARNING
REMOVE ALL PRI M ARY POWER AND DISCHARGE ALL HIGH VOLTAGE COM­PONENTS WITH GROUNDING STICK BE­FORE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE.
Remove all primary power and discharge all high voltage components with ground­ing stick.
Check fuses F1-F4 on PDM Pull-Up boards A6A1-A9A1. If open fuses are dis­covered replace as necessary but complete this troubleshooting procedure prior to re­activating the transmitter.
With the positive lead toward the heat sink, measure across R21, R22, R41, and R42 using ohmmeter.Each should read 47k ohms. If the ohmmeter shows a short, the transistor connected with that resistor has failed.ThisisonlyacheckoftheMOSFET gate circuit to see if it is shorted, but it is usually the only test needed to identify de­fective transistors.
If the ohmmeter checks across R21, R22, R41 and R42 appear normal, but a PDM Amplifier module is strongly suspected of having a shorted transistor, ohmmeter check the drain circuit.
Remove the PDM pull-up board fuses from A6 thru A9.Check the resistance from E8, E9, E10, and E11 of each board to ground. Each should measure greater than 700k ohms. A low reading indicates that a circuit element attached to the output side of E8, E9, E10 or E11 is probably short circuited. Next measure from the case to ground respectively on Q19, Q20, Q39 & Q40ofmodulesA6-A9.Allshould measure at least 2 Meg ohms. A low reading is in­dicative of a short circuited transistor.
If it is necessary to replace one of the powerMOSFETs(Q19, Q20,Q39,orQ40) refer to the paragraphs on Handling MOS­FETsandTestingMOSFETS before begin­ning.
G-2 888-2314-001 Rev. AE: 03-05-2002
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 91
F1 A6F1 (A6 located at rear of transmitter) Protects +20 volt supply from over current surges on PDM Amp Board A6. F1 A7F1 (A7 located at rear of transmitter) Protects +20 volt supply from over current surges on PDM Amp Board A7. F1 A8F1 (A8 located at front of transmitter) Protects +20 volt supply from over current surges on PDM Amp Board A8. F1 A9F1 (A9 located at front of transmitter) Protects +20 volt supply from over current surges on PDM Amp Board A9.
Rev. AE: 03-05-2002 888-2314-001 G-3
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Figure G-2. PDM Amplifiers, A6 thru A9
Table G-2. PDM Amplifiers, A6 thru A9
Controls and Indicators Controls and Indicators
Page 92
G.2.3.1. Checking Gate Drive
Apply low voltage only to the transmitter. Make sure the transmitter is off by depress­ing the OFF pushbutton.
Use an oscilloscope to check the PDM drive signals across R21, R22, R41, and R42onthePDMAmplifiersA6thruA9. There should be a 15 volt peak-to-peak 60 kHz pulse at each of the eight locations (only two PDM Amplifiers are used in a GATES ONE or TWO).
If the gate drive is missing on any of the resistors listed, it will be necessary to trace the signal backwards through the amplifier to find where it has been lost. The PDM pulses should not change visiblyas they are tracedfrom the PDM Generator to the gates of the PDM Amplifier transistors.
G.3. Handling MOSFETs
Due to the fragile nature of the gate of a MOSFET, special care in their handling is required. The gate junction may be de­stroyedbystaticelectricity if the staticelec­tricity is allowed to discharge through the MOSFET. For example, walking across a carpet to pick up a MOSFET that is not protected by antistatic packaging could re­sult in the destruction of the MOSFET. A static charge could build up on a person as they walk across the carpet. This static
charge will eventually have to be dis­charged. Discharging to the MOSFET could damage the MOSFET.
NOTE
MOSFET transistors which are in circuit in the GATES Seriestransmitters are immune to this damage.
The MOSFET transistors are shipped in antistatic packaging. The transistorsshould remain in this packaging until they are to be used or tested.
G.4. Testing MOSFETs
The MOSFET’s used in the GATES Se- riestransmittersmay be checked with an ohmmeter. However there is a requirement which restricts the use of some ohmmeters. If the battery voltage is too low (under 3V) ortoohigh(over 20V) theohmmetercannot be used. A battery voltage less than 3V will not give an operational checkof the transis­tor and a battery voltage greater than 20V may resultin damage to thetransistorunder test. A Simpson 260, which uses a 9V bat­tery on the Rx10k scale works quite well.
The following test applies to all MOS­FETs used in the transmitter, but is not necessarily applicable to MOSFETsused in other equipment.
This test will show how a MOSFET can
be switched onand
offby charging and discharging the gate of the MOSFET.
Refer to FigureG-4 for thefollowingtest.
Figure G-4. Outline of MOSFET
Connect the positive lead of the ohmme­ter to the source of the transistor. Momen­tarily connect the negative lead to the gate and then connect it to the source. Then connectthe positivelead to the drain (case). The ohmmeter should read at least 2 me­gohms.
Remove the positive lead from the case and momentarily touch it to the gate. Re­connect the positive lead to the case. The ohmmetershouldreadverynearzeroohms.
Figure G-3
G-4 888-2314-001 Rev. AE: 03-05-2002
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 93
* PDM AMP BOARD * - 992 5872 005
Harris PN Description QTY UM Reference Designators (AC)
296 0259 000 . . TUBING TEFLON 18 AWG . . . . . . . 0.0 FT #CR1
3040087000.. NUT,HEX4-40................. 3.0EA #CR1STUD#E11#E31
308 0003 000 . . NO 4 FLAT WASHER BRS . . . . . . . 13.0 EA #2CR1 #2Q19 #2Q20 #2Q39 #2Q40 #CR1 STUD #E11 #E31
3120045000.. WASHER,SPLIT-LOCK4........ 8.0EA #CR1#CR1STUD#E11#E31#Q19#Q20#Q39#Q40
312 0051 000 . . WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 1/4. . . . . . . 2.0 EA #J5 #J6
335 0104 000 . . WASHER PLAIN .156 ID . . . . . . . . . 5.0 EA #CR1 STUD #Q019 #Q020 #Q039 #Q040
358 3032 000 . . STANDOFF 4-40 1/2L 1/4HEX. . . . . 9.0 EA #Q019 #Q020 #Q039 #Q040 #CR001
380 0125 000 . . XSTR, NPN 2N4401 ESD . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA Q013 Q015 Q033 Q035
380 0587 000 . . XSTR, MJE210 ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA Q014 Q016 Q034 Q036
380 0649 000 . . * XSTR, IRF350 ESD . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA Q019 Q020 Q039 Q040
382 0172 000 . . *IC, LH0002CH ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA U011 U031
382 0707 000 . . IC, LM335AZ ESD. . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA TC001
384 0020 000 . . RECTIFIER IN4005 ESD. . . . . . . . . 8.0 EA CR012 CR013 CR016 CR017 CR032 CR033 CR036 CR037
384 0205 000 . . DIODE SILICON 1N914/4148 ESD. 6.0 EA CR011 CR015 CR019 CR031 CR035 CR039 384 0720 000 . . TRANSZORB 1N6377 15V 5W ESD 4.0 EA CR014 CR018 CR034 CR038
384 0862 000 . . RECTIFIER, 400V 30A ESD . . . . . 1.0 EA CR001
398 0019 000 . . FUSE, FAST CART 2A 250V. . . . . . 1.0 EA F001
402 0129 000 . . CLIP, 1/4 DIA FUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA XF001
404 0250 000 . . HEAT SINK FOR TO-5 CASE . . . . . 2.0 EA #U011 #U031
410 0232 000 . . INSULATOR TO-3 MICA . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA #Q019 #Q020 #Q039 #Q040
410 0382 000 . . INSULATOR #4 SCREW . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA #Q019 #Q020 #Q039 #Q040
410 0384 000 . . INSULATOR #4 SCREW . . . . . . . . . 6.0 EA #CR001 #Q019 #Q020 #Q039 #Q040
410 0413 000 . . INSULATOR PAD FOR TO-247. . . . 1.0 EA #CR001
494 0395 000 . . CHOKE 40UH 2 AMP. . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA L001
506 0246 000 . . CAP 0.47UF 63V 5% . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA C002
516 0032 000 . . CAP DISC 200 PF 1KV . . . . . . . . . . 12.0 EA C023 C024 C043 C044 C046 C047 C048 C049 C050 C051
C052 C053 516 0375 000 . . CAP 0.01UF 50V -20/+80% Z5U . . . 4.0 EA C014 C016 C034 C036
516 0419 000 . . CAP .05 UF 500V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.0 EA C017 C018 C019 C020 C021 C022 C037 C038 C039 C040
C041 C042
516 0453 000 . . CAP .1UF 100V 20% X7R . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA C011 C025 C031 C045
522 0548 000 . . CAP 10UF 50V 20%. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA C001
526 0351 000 . . CAP 6.8UF 50V 20% . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA C013 C015 C033 C035
540 1600 108 . . RES 20 OHM 3W 5%. . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA R023 R024 R043 R044
540 1600 417 . . RES 47K OHM 3W 5%. . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA R021 R022 R041 R042
546 0294 000 . . RES 150 OHM 2.5W 5% . . . . . . . . . 8.0 EA R017 R018 R019 R020 R037 R038 R039 R040
548 2400 201 . . RES 100 OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA R011 R031
548 2400 218 . . RES 150 OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA R014 R016 R034 R036
548 2400 258 . . RES 392 OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA R013 R015 R033 R035
548 2400 401 . . RES 10K OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA R026 R027 R046 R047
548 2400 442 . . RES 26.7K OHM 1/2W 1%. . . . . . . . 2.0 EA R012 R032
548 2400 566 . . RES 475K OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA R025 R045
610 0679 000 . . PLUG, SHORTING, .25" CTRS . . . . 3.0 EA P004 P005 P006
610 0830 000 . . HEADER, 10 PIN PC RIBBON. . . . . 1.0 EA J001
610 0840 000 . . HDR, STR, 4 PIN, RD . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA J002
612 0301 000 . . JACK BANANA BRASS . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA J005 J006
813 5018 027 . . STDOFF 8-32X5/8 3/8 HEX . . . . . . . 1.0 EA
829 8305 237 . . INSULATOR, PDM AMP. . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA
839 7533 001 . . SCHEM, A1 PDM PULLUP BD . . . . 0.0 EA
839 7920 046 . . SCHEM, PDM AMP/PULL-UP . . . . . 0.0 EA
843 5400 265 . . COMPONENT LOCATOR, PDM AMP BD 0.0 EA
917 0914 077 . . HEATSINK, PDM AMP. . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA
9433655250.. PWB,PDMAMP................ 1.0EA
Rev. AE: 03-05-2002 888-2314-001 G-5
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 94
* PDM PULL UP BOARD * - 992 5872 006
HARRIS P/N DESCRIPTION QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
384 0686 000 . . DIODE, DSR-3400X ESD . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA CR001 CR002
384 0783 000 . . DIODE MR854 ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA CR003 CR004
398 0402 000 . . FUSE, RECTIFIER 2A 250V . . . . . . 4.0 EA F001 F002 F003 F004
402 0129 000 . . CLIP, 1/4 DIA FUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.0 EA XF001 XF002 XF003 XF004
494 0462 000 . . CHOKE 40 UH 2 AMP . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA L001 L002
508 0539 000 . . CAP 2 UF 400VDC 10% . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA C001
516 0085 000 . . CAP DISC .03UF 600V . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA C003
516 0864 000 . . CAP DISC .02UF 1KV +/-20% . . . . 1.0 EA C002
612 0301 000 . . JACK BANANA BRASS . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA J001
817 0914 021 . . SPACER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA #J001
817 0914 294 . . SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA
839 7533 001 . . SCHEM, A1 PDM PULLUP BD . . . . 0.0 EA
939 7532 001 . . ASSY, PWB, PDM PULL-UP . . . . . 1.0 EA
999 2135 001 . . HARDWARE LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA
* PDM PULL UP BOARD * - 992 5872 007
HARRIS P/N DESCRIPTION QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
384 0686 000 . . DIODE, DSR-3400X ESD . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA CR001 CR002
384 0783 000 . . DIODE MR854 ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA CR003 CR004
398 0435 000 . . FUSE, RECTIFIER 5A 250V . . . . . . 4.0 EA F001 F002 F003 F004
402 0129 000 . . CLIP, 1/4 DIA FUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.0 EA XF001 XF002 XF003 XF004
494 0462 000 . . CHOKE 40 UH 2 AMP . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 EA L001 L002
508 0539 000 . . CAP 2 UF 400VDC 10% . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA C001
516 0085 000 . . CAP DISC .03UF 600V . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA C003
516 0864 000 . . CAP DISC .02UF 1KV +/-20% . . . . 1.0 EA C002
612 0301 000 . . JACK BANANA BRASS . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA J001
817 0914 021 . . SPACER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA #J001
817 0914 294 . . SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA
839 7533 001 . . SCHEM, A1 PDM PULLUP BD . . . . 0.0 EA
839 7920 046 . . SCHEM, PDM AMP/PULL-UP . . . . 0.0 EA
939 7532 001 . . ASSY, PWB, PDM PULL-UP . . . . . 1.0 EA
999 2135 001 . . HARDWARE LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA
G-6 888-2314-001 Rev. AE: 03-05-2002
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 95
SECTION H
PDM FILTER (A10 and A11)
H.1. Principles of Operation
The purpose of the PDM filter is to filter the 60 kHz switching waveform coming fromthePDMamplifiersand passtheaudio and dc components to modulate the PA modules.Each PDM filter board consists of 4 identical low pass filters, each filter has twoL-C sections. Part ofthe second capaci-
tor does not exist on the PDM filter but is located on the PA module where the audio and dc signal is injected into the power amplifier.
Coupling capacitors C15, C25, C35 and C45 couple the PDM filterstogether to can­cel the 60 kHz component, butyet remain a high impedance to the audio component.
Resistors R13, R23, R33 and R43 are sam­pling resistors that are used for metering the PA voltageat each of the four filteroutputs.
The outputs of the PDM filters are tied directly to the power amplifier modulation input jacks.
PWA, PDM FILTER ESD SAFE - 992 5874 009 (GATES TWO/FIVE)
HARRIS P/N DESCRIPTION QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
335 0037 000 . . WASHER NYL 1.9375 ID . . . . . . . . 16.0 EA
357 0080 000 . . NUT, 5/16-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.0 EA #L011 #L012 #L021 #L022 #L031 #L032 #L041 #L042
414 0268 000 . . CORE FERRITE POT SET . . . . . . . 8.0 EA #L011 #L012 #L021 #L022 #L031 #L032 #L041 #L042
508 0536 000 . . CAP .033UF 400VDC 5% . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA C017 C027 C037 C047
508 0538 000 . . CAP .15 UF 400WVDC 5% . . . . . . . 16.0 EA C011 C012 C013 C014 C021 C022 C023 C024 C031 C032
C033 C034 C041 C042 C043 C044
508 0539 000 . . CAP 2 UF 400VDC 10% . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA C015 C025 C035 C045
508 0550 000 . . CAP .1UF 600V 5% . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA C016 C026 C036 C046
548 2400 518 . . RES 150K OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA R013 R023 R033 R043
610 0840 000 . . HDR, STR, 4 PIN, RD . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA J001
612 0301 000 . . JACK BANANA BRASS . . . . . . . . . 12.0 EA J011 J012 J013 J021 J022 J023 J031 J032 J033 J041 J042
J043 817 0914 267 . . STANDOFF .75X1 INSULATED . . . 8.0 EA #L011 #L012 #L021 #L022 #L031 #L032 #L041 #L042
817 0914 268 . . STUD, 5/16-18 PHENONIC . . . . . . . 8.0 EA #L011 #L012 #L021 #L022 #L031 #L032 #L041 #L042
8170914281.. WASHER,COILMTG ........... 8.0EA
829 8305 745 . . SUPPORT, COIL MTG. . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA
8395695419.. SCHEM,PDMFILTER .......... 0.0EA
843 5400 264 . . COMPONENT LOCATOR, PDM FILTER 0.0 EA
929 8305 662 . . COIL ASSY, 29 TURNS . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA #L012 #L022 #L032 #L042
929 8305 663 . . COIL ASSY, 30 TURNS . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA #L011 #L021 #L031 #L041
9433655209.. PWB,PDMFILTER ............. 1.0EA
9992343009.. HARDWARELIST .............. 1.0EA
PWA, PDM FILTER ESD SAFE - 992 5874 011 (GATES ONE)
HARRIS P/N DESCRIPTION QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
335 0037 000 . . WASHER NYL 1.9375 ID . . . . . . . . 16.0 EA
357 0080 000 . . NUT, 5/16-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.0 EA #L011 #L012 #L021 #L022 #L031 #L032 #L041 #L042
414 0268 000 . . CORE FERRITE POT SET . . . . . . . 8.0 EA #L011 #L012 #L021 #L022 #L031 #L032 #L041 #L042
508 0538 000 . . CAP .15 UF 400WVDC 5% . . . . . . . 8.0 EA C011 C012 C021 C022 C031 C032 C041 C042
508 0539 000 . . CAP 2 UF 400VDC 10% . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA C015 C025 C035 C045
548 2400 518 . . RES 150K OHM 1/2W 1% . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA R013 R023 R033 R043
610 0840 000 . . HDR, STR, 4 PIN, RD . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EA J001
612 0301 000 . . JACK BANANA BRASS . . . . . . . . . 8.0 EA J011 J012 J021 J022 J031 J032 J041 J042
817 0914 267 . . STANDOFF .75X1 INSULATED . . . 8.0 EA #L011 #L012 #L021 #L022 #L031 #L032 #L041 #L042
817 0914 268 . . STUD, 5/16-18 PHENONIC . . . . . . . 8.0 EA #L011 #L012 #L021 #L022 #L031 #L032 #L041 #L042
8170914281.. WASHER,COILMTG ........... 8.0EA
829 8305 745 . . SUPPORT, COIL MTG. . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA
839 5695 373 . . SCHEM, 1KW PDM FILTER . . . . . . 0.0 EA
8397920047.. SCHEM,PDMFILTER .......... 0.0EA
929 8305 673 . . COIL ASSY, 42 TURNS . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA #L012 #L022 #L032 #L042
929 8305 674 . . COIL ASSY, 44 TURNS . . . . . . . . . 4.0 EA #L011 #L021 #L031 #L041
9433655209.. PWB,PDMFILTER ............. 1.0EA
9992600001.. HARDWARELIST .............. 1.0EA
Rev. AA: 8/18/1999 888-2314-001 H-1
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 96
H-2 888-2314-001 Rev.AA: 8/18/1999
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 97
SECTION J
CONTROLLER BOARD (A12)
J.1. Principles of Operation
The Controller board contains the cir­cuitry for controlling the primary contac­tors, setting the power level, metering, overload protection, and status indications.
Practically everything on Sheet 1 of the Controllerschematics has to do with power control.
Sheet 2 covers metering sample voltages, overloadsensing, overload status, andover­load counting.
Sheet 3 shows the +/-12 volt regulators, a power-upresetcircuit,and the PAand PDM Fault sensing circuits.
J.1.1. Coarse Power Level Control
Thepowerlevellatching circuitryconsists of U4, U5, and U6. See sheet 1. These are type D flip flops, any one of which is set by selecting one of the power levels. Energiz­ing of one of the power levelcontrol inputs with a logic zerosetsthe corresponding flip flop Q output to a high condition.
NOR gates U7, U8, U9, U10, U11, and U12 reset the other flip flops so that only one Q output is highata time. In a transmit­terONmode, all butoneofthese NORgates will have LOW outputs. The one with a HIGH output is the one associated with the active flip flop, ie. the power level that has been selected. During the Automatic Cut­back function, the NOR gates are put in a neutral mode (output open) via the tri-state input. This allows the flip flops to function in a shift register mode.
Quad transistor packs U34 and U35 are driven by the flip flop Q outputs. In turn, these transistors energize the LEDS, and supply a voltage source for the power level setting potentiometers and remote status.
A power change orturn on sequence from remotecontrol is as follows: The input side of an optical isolator is energized by con­necting the low side of one of the inputs to ground (U1 pin 2 for example). The high side is connected to +12 volts if the Re­mote/Local switch is in Remote.
The output sideof the optical isolator (U1 pin 15 in this example) applies a logic zero to the tri-state input of NOR gate U7 to put itsoutputina neutral condition. Atthesame time, the low output from the optical isola­tor is applied to the preset input of flip flop U4 (pin 4). This forces the Q output (pin 5) to a high condition (near +12 volts).
The Q output from the flip flop drivesthe base of an emitter follower circuit formed by U34. ForLOWpower,U34 pin 3 will be high(about11 volts).Itprovidescurrentfor
the power level indicator LED in the LOW switch, a source voltage for the power level control pot R54, and provides an output to the Interfaceboardto be used bytheOutput Monitor and remote status lines.
The outputs from the power level setting potentiometers are brought together into a summing amplifier, U19. The input of U19 is a virtual ground, and since only one pot has a voltage source at any given time, the pots do not interact with each other.
Sections of U19 amplify and sum the coarse power controls with the fine power circuit consisting of U38, U14, U15, U16, U17, and U18. Explanation of the Fine Power circuit is covered later.
J.1.2. Contactor Control
When any power level is energized, there will be current through R91, which is com­montotheLED’sofallpowerlevels.
The voltage developed across R91 biases Q6 to an ON state. This in turn biases Q1 ON, and a high signal (near 12 volts)is sent to the Interface board where it is used to drive the circuit which will energize the start contactor.
At the same time as the start signal is given, a PDM kill is applied by a circuit formed by Q4, Q7, and Q8. A PDM kill is used during step start to prevent the high voltage supply from being loaded during the step start sequence.
As the voltage on the primary of the high voltage transformer comes up from zero, it quickly reaches a levelwhereRuncontactor (K2) will energize.This is a 200 to 240 volt contactor with its coil directly across the primary of the high voltage transformer.
Upon closure of the Run contactor (K2), the base of Q4 is grounded via the K2 auxiliary contacts. This causes Q4 to shut off and the PDM Kill LED to extinguish. Q7 turns ON, thereby shutting Q8 OFF, and the transmitter power level comes up from zero.
J.1.3. Fine Power Control
The Fine Power Control circuit, consist­ing of U38, U14, U15, U16, U17, and U18 provides for remote and front panel trim­ming of the power level.
Flip Flop U38 serves the purpose of sum­mingtheoutputof a pulse generatorformed by a section of U19, de-bouncing the Raise/Lower switches, and stopping the up/down counting circuit once the upper or lower limit is reached.
U14andU15areUp/Downcounters which provide a 8 bit digital output which changes as the Fine Power circuit is oper­ated. At the extreme low end if its adjust­mentrange,the outputsofU14 and U15will allbelow(near zero volts).Attheupper end of the Fine Power adjustment range, all outputs of U14 and U15 will be high (near 12 volts).
U16 and U17 are gates which detect the upperand lowerextremesoftheadjustment range. By detecting an all zerosor all highscondition,U16 and U17provideout­puts which stop any further pulses from getting through U13.
U18 is a digital to analog converter which takes the 8 bit digital output from U14 and U15,andusesittovaryadcleveltoU19 pin 13. The output from U19 on pin 14 is thus determined by the 8 bit digital word andavoltageprovidedbythecoarsepower controls through another section U19.
J.1.4. Metering
Voltage samples representing Power Sup­ply Voltage, Power Supply Current, PA Voltage, RF Drive, and the VSWRDetector enter the U20 and U21 on the Controller. See sheet 2. These sample voltagesare am­plifiedand go to the appropriate meters and overload circuitry.
J.1.5. Overload Circuitry
U22 is the overload comparator which determines if a parameter is out oftolerance based on input from the various voltage samples and the threshold settings deter­minedbytheoverloadpots.
If a parameter is out of tolerance, U22 gives a logic high output. This initiates the protective action and clocks the corre­sponding flip flop (U23 and U24) which in turn light the corresponding LED indicator. In most cases, this protective action is a PDM Interrupt.
Inthe case of the SupplyVoltage overload or a sustained Supply Current overload, a contactor OFF command is given via one section of U37.
Theotheroverloadfunctionsresultinonly momentarybreaksinthecarrier(aresultof a PDM Interrupt), and can automatically step the power output down if needed to maintain an on air status.
U25andU26comprise theoverloadtimer. Thissetsthe minimum carrierinterrupttime for about 6 to 8 milliseconds in the eventof an overload. When an overload compara-
Rev.AE: 03-05-2002 888-2314-001 J-1
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 98
toroutputgoesHIGH, U25getsclocked.As a result, U25 pin 8 goes low.
After a time period determined by R34, R35, and C11, the output of U26followsits input, and goes LOW. The LOW signal resets U25 via pin 13, the clear input.
U27 and U28 count the number of over­loads in an approximate15 secondwindow. If the counter, U27, counts up to four over­loads within the 15 second window set by U28, the power output will step to the next lowerlevelandlight theAutomaticCutback LED.
The stepping back of the power levels is accomplished by the power lev el selection flip flops operating in a shift register mode. Automatic Cutback occurs when the tri­stateenable line (pin 2 of U7-U12)is pulled low and the Clock inputs of U4-U6 make a transistion to a high state. When clocked, the Q output of the flip flops goes to the same state as the Dinput was at the timethe clock signal occurred. With the way U4-U6 are connected, this results in a progressive stepping down of the power level as the flip flops are clocked.
In the event the overload persists even at a reduced level, the transmitter will con­tinuethe AutomaticCutbackactionandstep to the next lower level. If conditions are good at this level, it will remain there until manually switched to another level. The transmitterwill not attempttogoback to the higher power on its own.
Completely persistent overloads, such as having no RF drive, will result in the trans­mitter cycling all the way down to the OFF condition.
J.1.6. Other Fault Detection
U31 amplifies an input from the PA fuse detectors, and light an LED corresponding to which PA module has one or more open fuses. Under normal conditions, the fuse sensing circuit of the PA modules will not affectthe voltageatthe inputs of U31.How­ever,if a PA fuse is blown, the fuse detector circuit will pull the input voltage on U31 low. When the inverting input (-) voltage goes lower than the non-inverting(+) input, the output goes positive and energizes the corresponding PA fuse LED on the front panel.
U29, U30, U39, and U40 are comparators for detecting an imbalance in the PDM sys­tem,andlightthePDMFault LEDS accord­ingly. One level of comparators senses that a PDM Amplifier voltage sample has gone low. This wouldmostlikelybe an indication ofashortin aPDMAmplifier whichhasnot yet caused a PDM Pull Up fuse to blow.
The other level of comparators sense an open fuse condition. This is done by com-
paring the PDM sample voltage against a power level reference (PDMREF) provided by U20. If the sample voltage goes above the threshold voltage provided by U20, the corresponding output of the IC illuminates the LED.
J.1.7. Controller Supply Voltages
Regulators U32 and U33 provide a +/-12 volt source for the Controller board. The unregulatedDC input is a nominal 18 volts.
LEDS DS22 and DS23 provide a front panel indication of the presence of +/-12 volts.
Various integrated circuitson the Control­ler board are isolated from the +12 volt line by a diode. Integrated circuits powered in this manner have a positive supply desig­nated as +12A, +12B, +12C, etcetera. The purpose of this diode isolation is to reduce the drain on the battery in conditions where the regulated supply is not present.
The9voltbattery holdsthememorystatus for the power level settings, fine power ad­justment, and overload status. A standard 9 volt battery will last about 2 weeks under continuous operation with no AC power present.
DS21 is an LED in line with the battery output. This serves as a steering diode to isolatethe battery from the regular Control­ler supply, and to serve as an indicator of excessive current draw from the positive supply on the Controller. If this LED is on brightly, there is probably a component on the board which is drawing an excessive amount of current.
J.2. Replacement/Alignment Proce-
dures
If you are replacing the Controller board, or have other reasons to check its setup, the following section will guide you.
J.2.1. PA Voltage Electrical Zero
Unplug P2 from the PDM Generator so that there will be no PA voltage when the high voltage is energized.
Energize the high voltage by depressing one of the powerlevel buttons. The contac­tors should energize, and Supply Voltage should appear on the Multimeter.
AdjustR31tomakethePA Voltmeter read zero.
J.2.2. PA Volt Meter Calibration
The PA volt meter can be calibrated against an external meter of known accu­racy, using the following procedure.
WARNING
TURN OFF TRANSMITTER AN D DIS­CHARGE HIGH VOLTAGE BEFORE PRO­CEEDING.
Routesomelongvoltmeterleads tothePA modules through one of the bottom side holes made for a cable entrance.
Connectthepositivelead of the voltmeter to the 260 volt line of a PA module (L11 or thefuse,for example).Connectthe negative lead to the cathode of CR13 on the PA board. This is the same electrical point as the small banana jacks.
Turn the transmitter on at high power. AdjustR76tomakethefrontpanelPA voltmeter agree with the external voltmeter.
Turnoff high voltage. Allow discharge of power to zero. Remove voltmeter leads.
J.2.3. Power Supply Current Calibra-
tion
The Power Supply current can be cali­brated against an external meter using the following procedure. The external meter and its leads must be capable of reading at least 6 amps for a GATES ONE, at least 20 amps for a GATES TWO, and at least 30 amps for a GATES FIVE.
WARNING
ENSURE ALL POWER IS REMOVED FROM THE TRANSMITTER BEFORE AT­TEMPTINGTOROUTETHELEADSINTHE FOLLOWING STEPS.
a. Locate the DC Ammeter where it can be
seen from front of transmitter and route its leads through one of the bottom side access holes and up through one of the wiring grommets, to near the high volt­age rectifiers.
b. Connect theDC Ammeter in series with
thesupplycurrentshuntresistorA19R7. This is located to the front of the high voltage rectifiers. Connect the positive side of the DCAmmeter to the shunt (leave the white wire in place on the shunt).
c. The negative side of the meter should
connect to the black welding cable re­moved from the shunt.
d.Turn the transmitter on at HIGH
POWER, and adjust the power level to some convenient calibration level.
e. Note the reading on the external meter,
and adjust R25 on the Controller board to make the Supply Current reading on the Multimeter agree with the external meter reading.
J-2 888-2314-001 Rev.AE: 03-05-2002
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 99
J.2.4. Power Output Calibration
Connect the transmitter into a load with the capability of accurately measuring the power output. This is best done with a cal­orimetric d ummy load, where the water temperature rise is measured against a known flow rate. A second choice is a dummy load and an RF ammeter of known accuracy.
Operate the transmitter at a convenient power level within the capabilities of the test setup.
Calibrate the Power Output meter to the same reading as measured externally using R85 on the Controller board.
J.3. Overload Adjustment Procedures
J.3.1. Power Supply Current Overload
Check the present Power Supply Current reading against the value on the factory test data sheet for the same operating condi­tions. If the present reading is significantly higher,it will be advisable to investigatethe cause before proceeding with the following overload adjustment.
The overload threshold can be set to the same value as recorded on the factory test data sheet, or by checking the trip threshold by modulating it with a tone according to the following procedure.
Forsettingtheoverloadunder modulating conditions, operate the transmitter at 110% of its rated power output (5500 watts for GATES FIVE, 2750 watts for a GATES TWO, and 1100 watts for a GATES ONE).
Modulate with 20 Hz to 100%. Increase the audio level 0.5dB (6%).
Adjust R1 1 counterclockwise until the transmitter faults, then 1/3 of a turn clock­wise from this trip point.
J.3.2. Underdrive Fault
For t he Underdrive fault, a comparison is made between the RF Drive level reading andathresholdwhich is a function of power level.The RF Drive level reading is what is adjusted during the alignment procedure.
The RF Drive levelreadingshouldalways be somewhat higher than the Underdrive Set reading.
If you are replacing the Controller board, and already know that the actual RF Drive levelis okay,youwillonlyneed to duplicate your normal reading for High power.
A more in depth check of the overload function requires verifying the correct RF drive amplitude (26-32 Vpp) is present across R13, R14, R23, R24, R33,R34, R43 and R44 for each PA module. For the pro­cedure on checking the drive on the PA module(s), refer to Section H.
After verifying the actual RF drive to be in the normalrange, modulate the transmit­ter to 100% with 400 Hz at 110% power output (5500 watts for GATESFIVE, 2750 watts for a GATES TWO, and 1100 watts for a GATES ONE).
Adjust R143 clockwise untilthe transmit­ter trips to the next lower power level and displays the Underdrive fault. Then rotate R143 counterclockwise from the trip point about 2 turns.
J.3.3. VSWR Detector
You may set the VSWR trip threshold using the value recorded on the factory test data sheets, or may use a more involved process which actually causes the overload circuit to operate.
With the transmitter on, and NO modula­tion applied, set the LOW power control all the way to zero power output.
Use a clip lead to short across R18 on the Output Monitor board. This will cause the VSWR detector to not be nulled when you bringupRFpower.
Gradually increase the power output, and watch the VSWR Detector Null reading come up from zero. Adjust R14 so that the transmittertrips offwhenthe VSWR Detec­tor Null reading reaches 7.5 on the Mul­timeter.
J.4. Troubleshooting the Controller
Numerous components are duplicate types in control, status, metering, and over­load functions. This can be advantageous in terms of isolating a problem and getting back on the air in the event of a component failure.
The Chart of Functions lists the IC types used and their functions. Those designated by an asterisk (*) are for status indications or metering,and not necessary totheopera­tion of the transmitter at any power level. Therefore,anyof these could be transferred to a needed function where a failure oc­curred if no replacement was immediately available.
J.4.1. Symptom: Will Not Respond To
An On Command
(None of the status LEDs on the power level switches illuminate.)
Possible Causes:
J.4.1.1. Controller Supply Failure
Check the status of the +/-12 volt indica­tors. Measure the +/-12 volts on the Con­troller board. Feel the regulators U32 and U33. If one is hot, it probably means there is a shorted component loading the supply down on the Controller.
J.4.1.2. Failed flip flop circuitry
Check the operationof U4, U5, and U6 or replace them. Also check or replace NOR gates U7, U8, U9, U10, U11, and U12. A logic zero on the outputs of the NOR gates will hold the flip flops in an OFF mode.
J.4.2. Symptom: PDM Power Level Sig-
nal Cannot Be Controlled
Possible causes:
Check to see if there is a PDM Kill or overload condition. Check or replace U19.
J.4.3. Symptom: Multimeter Is Pinned
FarLeftorRight
Check to see if it matters which position the meter switch is in. Ifit does not,replace U20ontheController.Otherwise,both U20 and U21 are suspect.
J.4.4. Symptom: Some Remote Control
Functions Do Not Work
Possible causes:
Optical Isolator Failure. Failures in this area would probably inhibit only those in­puts with defective optical isolators. Ohm­meter test the input side of U1, U2, and U3 on the Controller board. These should test as diodes. Otherwise, measure across each optical isolator input on the Controller to see if a voltage is being applied as the remote control circuits are activated.
Chart of Functions
(Continued on next page)
U1* ILQ-1 Remote LOW through
FOUR power level control
U2* ILQ-1 RemoteFIVE,SIX,OFF,
and EXT KILL control
U3* ILQ-1 Remote Raise, Lower,
and Indicator Reset
U4 74C74 LOW and TWO power
selection flip flop
U5 74C74 THREE and FOU R
power selection flip flop
U6 74C74 FIVE and HIGH power
selection flip flop
U7 CD4048 LOW power level
selection
U8 CD4048 TWO power level
selection
U9 CD4048 THRE E power le vel
selection
U10 CD4048 FOUR power le vel
selection
U11 CD4048 FIVE power level
selection
Rev.AE: 03-05-2002 888-2314-001 J-3
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page 100
Chart of Functions
U12 CD4048 HIGH power level
selection
U14* 74C193 Fine Power U p/ Down
counter
U15* 74C193 Fine Power U p/ Down
counter
U16* CD4048 Fine Power Upper
Limit detector
U17* CD4048 Fine Po wer Lower
Limit detector
U18* DA0808 Fine Power D/A
converter
U19 TLO74 Power Control
Summing Amplifier U20* TLO74 Metering Amplifier U21 TLO74 Metering Amplifier U22 LM339 Overload Comparator U23* 74C74 Sup Volt/Sup Cur Ovld
flip flop U24* 74C74 Underdrive/VSWR
Ovld flip flop U25 74C74 PDM Kill Timer/Auto
Cutbackflipflop U26 MC14541 PDM Kill Timer U27* 74C175 Overload Counter U28* MC14541 Overload Counter
Reset Timer U29* LM339 PDMFaultDetectorA6 U30* LM339 PDMFaultDetectorA7 U31* TLO74 PA Fuse detector U32 MC7812 Positive 12 volt
regulator U33 MC7912 Negative 12 volt
regulator U38* 74C74 Fine Power Control flip
flop U39* LM339 PDMFaultDetectorA8 U40* LM339 PDMFaultDetectorA9 * Not necessaryto the operation of the trans-
mitter at any power level.
Figure J-1. Controller Front Panel
J-4 888-2314-001 Rev.AE: 03-05-2002
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Loading...